<PAGE> 1
Filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(2).
Registration No.
333-82763.
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus Dated August 25, 1999)
$698,500,000
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES 2000-C OWNER TRUST
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
Seller
NISSAN MOTOR ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
Servicer
$162,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
$182,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
$243,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
$111,500,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
YOU SHOULD REVIEW
CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE S-10 OF THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
PAGE 8 IN THE
ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
The securities are asset
backed securities issued
by the trust. The
securities are not
obligations of Nissan
Motor Acceptance
Corporation, Nissan Auto
Receivables Corporation,
Nissan North America,
Inc. or any of their
respective affiliates.
Neither the securities
nor the receivables are
insured or guaranteed by
any government agency.
This prospectus
supplement may be used to
offer and sell the
securities only if it is
accompanied by the
prospectus dated August
25, 1999.
- The trust will issue five classes of securities, four of which will be the
four classes of notes described in the following table.
- Only the notes described on the following table are being offered by this
prospectus supplement and the prospectus.
- The notes accrue interest from November 15, 2000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTES NOTES
---------------------------------------------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------
A-1 NOTES A-2 NOTES A-3 NOTES A-4 NOTES
------------------ --------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Principal Amount............ $162,000,000.00 $182,000,000.00 $243,000,000.00 $111,500,000.00
Interest Rate............... 6.70% 6.71% 6.72% 6.80%
Final Scheduled Distribution
Date....................... November 15, 2001 March 17, 2003 August 16, 2004 July 15, 2005
Price to Public(1).......... 100.000000% 99.991087% 99.990545% 99.997458%
Underwriting Discount(1).... 0.125% 0.200% 0.225% 0.250%
Proceeds to Seller(1)....... $161,797,500.00 $181,619,778.34 $242,430,274.35 $111,218,415.67
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
(1) Total price to the public is $698,457,968.36, total underwriting discount is
$1,392,000.00 and total proceeds to the Seller are $697,065,968.36.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
- Reserve account, with an initial deposit of $5,663,595.51.
- Subordinated certificates, with an original principal balance of
$56,646,068.21.
NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE
PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
The date of this prospectus supplement is November 8, 2000
<PAGE> 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS
Information about the securities is provided in two separate documents that
progressively provide varying levels of detail: (1) the accompanying prospectus,
which provides general information, some of which may not apply to a particular
class of securities, including your class; and (2) this prospectus supplement,
which describes the specific terms of your class of securities.
IF THE DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS OF YOUR SECURITIES VARIES BETWEEN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
Cross-references are included in this prospectus supplement and in the
accompanying prospectus which direct you to more detailed descriptions of a
particular topic. You can also find references to key topics in the Table of
Contents on the back cover of the accompanying prospectus.
You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this
prospectus supplement are defined under the caption "Index of Terms" beginning
on page S-44 in this prospectus supplement and under the caption "Index of
Terms" beginning on page 76 in the accompanying prospectus.
You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by
reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to give you different information. We do not claim
the accuracy of the information in this prospectus supplement or the
accompanying prospectus as of any dates other than the dates stated on the
respective cover pages. We are not offering the notes in any jurisdiction where
it is not permitted.
S-2
<PAGE> 3
SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION PARTIES*
[FLOW CHART]
---------------
* This chart provides only a simplified overview of the relationships between
the key parties to the transaction. Refer to this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus for a further description.
S-3
<PAGE> 4
SUMMARY OF MONTHLY DEPOSITS TO AND
WITHDRAWALS FROM ACCOUNTS*
[FLOW CHART]
---------------
* This chart provides only a simplified overview of the monthly flow of funds.
Refer to this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus for a
further description.
S-4
<PAGE> 5
SUMMARY
The following summary contains a brief description of the notes. You will
find a detailed description of the terms of the offering of the notes following
this summary. You should read carefully this entire document and the
accompanying prospectus to understand all of the terms of the offering of the
notes. You should consider both documents when making your investment decision.
ISSUER Nissan Auto Receivables 2000-C Owner Trust. The
trust was established by a trust agreement dated as
of August 24, 2000.
SELLER Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation.
SERVICER Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation.
OWNER OF THE CERTIFICATES/
EQUITY Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation.
INDENTURE TRUSTEE Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association.
OWNER TRUSTEE Wilmington Trust Company.
OFFERED NOTES The offered notes consist of the Class A-1 Notes,
the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the
Class A-4 Notes as described on the cover page.
The trust will also issue $56,646,068.21 initial
principal amount of certificates. The trust is not
offering the certificates. The certificates will be
retained by the seller.
The certificates will represent fractional
undivided interests in the trust. The trust will
not make any distributions on the certificates
until all interest and principal of the notes have
been paid in full.
RECEIVABLES The trust's main source of funds for making
payments on the notes and the certificates will be
collections on the motor vehicle retail installment
sale contracts, otherwise known as the receivables,
that will be sold by Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation to the seller and then transferred by
the seller to the trust in exchange for the notes
and the certificates.
The principal balance of the receivables as of
October 31, 2000, referred to as the "cut-off
date," was $755,146,068.21. As of the cut-off date,
the receivables had the following characteristics:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Number of Receivables........................ 46,676
Average Principal Balance.................... $16,178.47
Weighted average annual percentage rate...... 6.662%
Approximate weighted average remaining term
to maturity................................ 51.09 months
Approximate weighted average original term to
maturity................................... 58.20 months
</TABLE>
You should refer to "The Receivables" in this
prospectus supplement for more information on the
receivables.
CLOSING DATE On or about November 15, 2000.
S-5
<PAGE> 6
TERMS OF THE NOTES Distribution Dates:
Interest and principal will generally be payable on
the 15th day of each month, unless the 15th day is
not a business day, in which case the payment will
be made on the following business day. The first
payment will be made on December 15, 2000.
Per annum interest rates:
The notes will have fixed rates of interest as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS INTEREST RATE
----- -------------
<S> <C>
A-1.............................................. 6.70%
A-2.............................................. 6.71%
A-3.............................................. 6.72%
A-4.............................................. 6.80%
</TABLE>
Interest Periods:
Interest on the notes will accrue in the following
manner:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DAY COUNT
CLASS FROM (INCLUDING) TO (EXCLUDING) CONVENTION
----- ----------------------- ------------------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
A-1 Prior Distribution Date Current Distribution Date Actual/360
A-2 15th of prior month 15th of current month 30/360
A-3 15th of prior month 15th of current month 30/360
A-4 15th of prior month 15th of current month 30/360
</TABLE>
Principal:
- Amounts allocated to the notes: Principal of
the notes will be payable on each
distribution date in an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the
principal balances of the notes and the
certificates as of the close of business on
the prior distribution date over (y) the
principal balance of the receivables as of
the end of the related collection period
(excluding certain non-collectible or
defaulted receivables and receivables
purchased by the servicer or repurchased by
the seller due to certain breaches).
Principal payments on the notes as described above
will be made from all available amounts after the
servicing fee has been paid and certain advances
have been reimbursed and after payment of interest
on the notes.
- Order of payment among classes: No principal
payments will be made (1) on the Class A-2
Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been
paid in full; (2) on the Class A-3 Notes
until the Class A-2 Notes have been paid in
full; and (3) on the Class A-4 Notes until
the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full.
However, after the occurrence of an event of
default and an acceleration of the notes, available
amounts (after the servicing fee has been paid and
certain advances have been reimbursed) will be
applied to pay interest and principal (1) first on
the Class A-1 Notes, until the outstanding
principal balance of and accrued interest on the
Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full,
S-6
<PAGE> 7
and (2) then on the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3
Notes and the Class A-4 Notes on a pro rata basis
(x) with respect to interest, based on the
respective aggregate amounts of interest due to
those classes of notes and (y) with respect to
principal, based on the respective outstanding
principal balances of those classes of notes, until
the outstanding principal balances of those classes
of notes have been paid in full.
- Final Scheduled Distribution Dates: The
trust must pay the outstanding principal
balance of each class of notes by its final
scheduled distribution date as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINAL SCHEDULED
CLASS DISTRIBUTION DATE
----- -----------------
<S> <C>
A-1..................................... November 15, 2001
A-2..................................... March 17, 2003
A-3..................................... August 16, 2004
A-4..................................... July 15, 2005
</TABLE>
You should refer to "The Notes -- Payments of
Principal" and "Distributions on the
Notes -- Calculation of Available Amounts" in this
prospectus supplement for more detailed information
regarding payments of principal.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE The notes will be paid in full on any distribution
date on which the servicer exercises its option to
purchase the receivables. The servicer may purchase
the receivables when the outstanding aggregate
principal balance of the receivables declines to
10% or less of the original aggregate principal
balance of the receivables on the cut-off date.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT The credit enhancement of the offered notes will be
the subordination of the certificates and the
reserve account.
The credit enhancement is intended to protect you
against losses and delays in payments on your notes
by absorbing losses on the receivables and other
shortfalls in cash flows.
The certificates have an initial principal balance
of $56,646,068.21 and represent approximately 7.50%
of the initial principal balance of all the notes
and the certificates. The certificates will not
receive any distributions until all interest on and
principal of the notes have been paid in full. The
certificates will not receive any interest
payments.
RESERVE ACCOUNT On each distribution date, the trust will use funds
in the reserve account for distribution to the
noteholders to cover any shortfalls in interest and
principal required to be paid on the notes. The
reserve account will be pledged to the indenture
trustee to secure the notes but will not be an
asset of the trust.
If the principal balance of a class of notes is not
paid in full on the related final scheduled
distribution date, the indenture trustee will
withdraw amounts from the reserve account (if
available) to pay that class in full.
The sale and servicing agreement sets forth the
specified reserve account balance, which is the
amount that is required to
S-7
<PAGE> 8
be on deposit in the reserve account. On the
closing date, the seller will deposit $5,663,595.51
into the reserve account, which is approximately
0.75% of the outstanding principal balance of the
receivables as of the cut-off date.
The amount required to be on deposit in the reserve
account at the close of business on any
distribution date will be $5,663,595.51. If,
however, on any distribution date certain loss or
delinquency ratios relating to the receivables (and
described under "Subordination; Reserve Account")
are exceeded, then the reserve account balance for
such distribution date (and for each succeeding
distribution date until the relevant percentage
equivalent ratios have been achieved and maintained
for the required period) will be the greater of (1)
$5,663,595.51 and (2) 5% of the outstanding
principal balance of the notes and certificates as
of the preceding distribution date (after giving
effect to payments of principal made on such date).
On each distribution date, after making required
payments to the servicer and to the Class A-1
Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and
the Class A-4 Notes, the trust will make a deposit
into the reserve account to fund and maintain the
specified reserve account balance.
YIELD SUPPLEMENT ACCOUNT On each distribution date, the trust will use funds
on deposit in the yield supplement account to
cover, for each receivable, the excess, if any, of
(x) one month's interest that would accrue on the
principal balance of that receivable at a rate
equal to the sum of (1) the interest rate on the
Class A-4 Notes, and (2) the servicing fee rate of
1.00% over (y) one month's interest that accrued on
that receivable at the interest rate on that
receivable.
On the closing date, the seller will make a capital
contribution to the trust by depositing
$25,097,608.17 in cash into the yield supplement
account. That amount is the amount that is
estimated to be required to be withdrawn from the
yield supplement account on subsequent distribution
dates in accordance with the provisions of the
preceding paragraph. For a more detailed
description of the way in which that amount will be
calculated, see the discussion appearing herein
under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Yield Supplement Account and Yield
Supplement Agreement." On each distribution date,
the servicer also will deposit into the yield
supplement account cash received by the seller as
base compensation for its servicing of certain
other receivables (which other receivables will not
be the property of the trust). Neither the seller
nor the servicer will make any other deposits to
the yield supplement account on or after the
closing date. The yield supplement account will be
an asset of the trust.
S-8
<PAGE> 9
TAX STATUS Subject to the important considerations described
in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus,
O'Melveny & Myers LLP, special tax counsel to the
trust, will deliver its opinion that:
1. the notes will be characterized as debt for tax
purposes; and
2. the trust will not be characterized as an
association or a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation for federal income and
California income and franchise tax purposes.
If you purchase the notes, you will agree to treat
the notes as debt.
You should refer to "Material Income Tax
Consequences" in this prospectus supplement and
"Material Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Treatment
of Owner Trusts" in the accompanying prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS The notes are generally eligible for purchase by
employee benefit plans and individual retirement
accounts, subject to those considerations discussed
under "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus
supplement and in the accompanying prospectus.
You should refer to "ERISA Considerations" in this
prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
prospectus. If you are a benefit plan fiduciary
considering purchase of the notes you should, among
other things, consult with your counsel in
determining whether all required conditions have
been satisfied.
ELIGIBILITY FOR PURCHASE BY
MONEY MARKET FUNDS The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible for purchase
by money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. A money
market fund should consult its legal advisers
regarding the eligibility of such notes under Rule
2a-7 and whether an investment in such notes
satisfies such fund's investment policies and
objectives.
RATINGS On the closing date, each class of offered notes
will receive the following ratings from Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors
Service, Inc.:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANDARD &
CLASS POOR'S MOODY'S
----- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
A-1..................................... A-1+ P-1
A-2..................................... AAA Aaa
A-3..................................... AAA Aaa
A-4..................................... AAA Aaa
</TABLE>
S-9
<PAGE> 10
RISK FACTORS
You should consider the following risk factors (and the factors set forth
under "Risk Factors" in the accompanying prospectus) in deciding whether to
purchase the notes of any class.
YOU MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY The trust will not list the notes on any
SELLING YOUR NOTES AND/OR securities exchange. Therefore, in order to
OBTAINING YOUR DESIRED PRICE sell your notes, you must first locate a
DUE TO THE ABSENCE OF A willing purchaser. In addition, currently, no
SECONDARY MARKET. secondary market exists for the notes. We
cannot assure you that a secondary market will
develop. The underwriters intend to make a
secondary market for the notes by offering to
buy the notes from investors that wish to sell.
However, the underwriters are not obligated to
offer to buy the notes and may stop making
offers at any time.
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF As of October 31, 2000, Nissan Motor Acceptance
THE STATES OF ORIGINATION OF Corporation's records indicate that the
THE RECEIVABLES MAY INCREASE addresses of the originating dealers of the
THE RISK OF LOSS ON YOUR receivables were in the following states:
INVESTMENT.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
PRINCIPAL BALANCE
-------------------
<S> <C>
California............................. 12.39%
Texas.................................. 10.94%
Florida................................ 7.35%
New York............................... 6.47%
</TABLE>
No other state, by addresses of originating
dealers, constituted more than 5% of the
balance of the receivables as of October 31,
2000. Economic conditions or other factors
affecting these states in particular could
adversely affect the delinquency, credit loss
or repossession experience of the trust.
FACTORS AFFECTING OUR The success of your investment depends upon the
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT ability of the Servicer, Nissan Motor
SYSTEMS MAY INCREASE THE RISK Acceptance Corporation, to store, retrieve,
OF LOSS ON YOUR INVESTMENT. process and manage substantial amounts of
information. If the Servicer experiences any
interruptions or loss in its information
processing capabilities, its business,
financial conditions and results of operations
will suffer.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH LEGAL From time to time, as a result of the nature of
PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO the industry in which Nissan Motor Acceptance
RECEIVABLES. Corporation operates, it is named as a party to
litigation, including class action lawsuits
involving alleged violations of federal and
state laws and regulations. Each of Nissan
Motor Acceptance Corporation and Nissan Auto
Receivables Corporation will make
representations and warranties relating to the
receivables' compliance with law and the
enforceability of the contracts. If there is a
breach of any of these representations or
warranties that materially and adversely
affects the interests of the noteholders in the
related receivable, the trust's sole remedy
will be to require Nissan Auto Receivables
Corporation and Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation to repurchase the affected
receivable. Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation
believes each such proceeding
S-10
<PAGE> 11
constitutes ordinary litigation incidental to
the business and activities of major lending
institutions, including Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation. The amount of liability on pending
claims and actions as of the date of this
Prospectus Supplement is not determinable;
however, in the opinion of management of Nissan
Motor Acceptance Corporation, the ultimate
liability resulting from such litigation should
not have a material adverse effect on Nissan
Motor Acceptance Corporation's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
S-11
<PAGE> 12
THE TRUST
GENERAL
The Nissan Auto Receivables 2000-C Owner Trust (the "Trust") is a Delaware
business trust formed pursuant to the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement")
between Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation, as seller (the "Seller"), and
Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). After its
formation, the Trust will not engage in any activity other than:
1. acquiring, holding and managing the Receivables and the other
assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom;
2. issuing the Notes and the Certificates;
3. making payments on the Notes and the Certificates; and
4. engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or
convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental to or connected
with those activities.
The Trust will initially be capitalized through the issuance of the Notes
and $56,646,068.21 aggregate principal amount of certificates (the
"Certificates"). The Trust will exchange the Notes and the Certificates for the
Receivables and other assets, including the right to receive certain payments to
be received by Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation ("NMAC") for servicing
certain other receivables (which other receivables will not be the property of
the Trust), from the Seller pursuant to the sale and servicing agreement among
the Trust, the Servicer and the Seller (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"). The
Notes that will be received by the Seller in exchange for the Receivables are
being offered hereby. The Certificates will be retained by the Seller.
NMAC will be appointed to act as the servicer of the Receivables (in that
capacity, the "Servicer"). The Servicer will service the Receivables pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and will be compensated for those services as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Compensation" in this Prospectus Supplement and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation"
in the accompanying Prospectus.
Pursuant to agreements between NMAC and the Dealers, each Dealer will
repurchase from NMAC those contracts that do not meet specified representations
and warranties made by the Dealer. These Dealer repurchase obligations are
referred to in this Prospectus Supplement as "Dealer Recourse." Those
representations and warranties relate primarily to the origination of the
contracts and the perfection of the security interests in the related financed
vehicles, and do not relate to the creditworthiness of the related Obligors or
the collectibility of those contracts. The sales by the Dealers of installment
sales contracts to NMAC do not generally provide for recourse against the
Dealers for unpaid amounts in the event of a default by an Obligor, other than
in connection with the breach of the foregoing representations and warranties.
Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided ownership interest in
the Trust. The Trust property includes the Receivables, monies due or received
under the Receivables after the Cut-off Date and the Yield Supplement Account.
The Reserve Account will be established with and maintained by the Indenture
Trustee and pledged to the Indenture Trustee to secure payments on the Notes,
but the Reserve Account will not be part of the Trust.
The Trust's principal offices are in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of
Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, at the address set forth below under
"The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee."
S-12
<PAGE> 13
CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST
The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of the
Closing Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and the issuance of the
Certificates had taken place on that date:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class A-1 Notes............................................ $162,000,000.00
Class A-2 Notes............................................ $182,000,000.00
Class A-3 Notes............................................ $243,000,000.00
Class A-4 Notes............................................ $111,500,000.00
Certificates............................................... $ 56,646,068.21
---------------
Sub-total................................................ $755,146,068.21
---------------
Yield Supplement Account................................... $ 25,097,608.17
---------------
Total................................................. $780,243,676.38
===============
</TABLE>
THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
Wilmington Trust Company is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.
Wilmington Trust Company is a Delaware banking corporation and its principal
executive offices are located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19890. The Seller and its affiliates may maintain normal
commercial banking relations with the Owner Trustee and its affiliates.
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association is the trustee under the
Indenture (the "Indenture Trustee"). Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National
Association has its principal executive offices at Wells Fargo Center, Sixth and
Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Asset Backed
Securities Department. The Seller and its affiliates may maintain normal
commercial banking relations with the Indenture Trustee and its affiliates.
THE RECEIVABLES
The property of the Trust will consist of a pool of retail installment sale
contracts (the "Receivables") originated on or after October 1, 1996, between
Nissan and Infiniti dealers (the "Dealers") and retail purchasers (the
"Obligors"), the Yield Supplement Account and the amounts on deposit in that
account. The Receivables were originated by Dealers in accordance with NMAC's
requirements under agreements with Dealers governing the assignment of the
Receivables to NMAC. The Receivables evidence the indirect financing made
available by NMAC to the Obligors. The Receivables are secured by new, near-new
and used Nissan and Infiniti automobiles and light-duty trucks (the "Financed
Vehicles") and all principal and interest payments made after October 31, 2000
(the "Cut-off Date") and other property specified in the Receivables.
NMAC purchased the Receivables from the Dealers in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with NMAC's underwriting standards. On or before the date
of the initial issuance of the Notes (the "Closing Date"), NMAC will sell the
Receivables and the right to receive certain payments to be received by NMAC for
servicing certain other receivables to the Seller. The Seller will, in turn,
transfer the Receivables and these rights to servicing compensation to the Trust
on the Closing Date pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement in exchange for
the Notes and the Certificates. The Notes that will be received by the Seller in
exchange for the Receivables and these rights to servicing compensation are
being offered hereby. NMAC will continue to service the Receivables. The
Receivables to be held by the Trust will be randomly selected from
S-13
<PAGE> 14
those automobile and/or light-duty truck retail installment sales contracts in
NMAC's portfolio that meet several criteria. These criteria provide that each
Receivable:
1. was originated in the United States;
2. has a contractual Annual Percentage Rate ("APR") that equals or
exceeds 2%;
3. provides for level monthly payments which provide interest at the
APR on a simple interest basis and fully amortize the amount financed over
an original term to maturity no greater than 60 months;
4. has a remaining term to maturity, as of the Cut-off Date, of not
less than 3 months and not greater than 58 months;
5. had an original principal balance of not more than $47,000.00 and a
remaining principal balance as of the Cut-off Date of not less than
$2,000.00 or more than $44,000.00;
6. is not more than 29 days past due as of the Cut-off Date;
7. is attributable to the purchase of a new, near-new or used
automobile or light-duty truck and is secured by that vehicle;
8. has been entered into by an Obligor that as of the Cut-off Date was
not in bankruptcy proceedings (according to the records of NMAC);
9. is secured by a Financed Vehicle that as of the Cut-off Date has
not been repossessed (according to the records of NMAC);
10. has not had forced-placed insurance premiums added to the amount
financed; and
11. has not been extended by more than two months.
No selection procedures believed to be adverse to the Noteholders were
utilized in selecting the Receivables from qualifying retail installment sale
contracts. Except as described in item (2) above, the Receivables were not
selected on the basis of their APRs.
S-14
<PAGE> 15
The composition, distribution by APR and geographic distribution of the
Receivables as of the Cut-off Date are as set forth in the following tables.
NMAC will not sell to the Seller, and the Seller will not transfer to the Trust,
any Receivables originated in the States of Alabama or Hawaii for administrative
reasons.
COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance................................. $755,146,068.21
Number of Receivables....................................... 46,676
Average Principal Balance................................... $16,178.47
Range of Principal Balances............................... $2,031.11 to $43,226.92
Average Original Amount Financed............................ $18,300.18
Range of Original Amount Financed......................... $2,856.82 to $46,749.53
Weighted Average APR........................................ 6.662%
Range of APRs............................................. 2.9% to 20.5%
Approximate Weighted Average Original Term to Maturity...... 58.20 months
Range of Original Term to Maturity........................ 12 to 60 months
Approximate Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity..... 51.09 months
Range of Remaining Term to Maturity....................... 3 to 58 months
Percentage by Principal Balance of Receivables of New,
Near-New and Used Vehicles................................ 86.97% (New)
11.24% (Near-New)
1.79% (Used)
Percentage by Principal Balance of Receivables Financed
through Nissan and Infiniti Dealers....................... 93.50% (Nissan)
6.50% (Infiniti)
</TABLE>
S-15
<PAGE> 16
DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES
(PERCENTAGES MAY NOT ADD TO 100.00% DUE TO ROUNDING)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF
AGGREGATE
PERCENTAGE OF CUT-OFF DATE CUT-OFF DATE
NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL
RANGE OF APRS(%) RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES(%) BALANCE($) BALANCE(%)
---------------- ----------- ------------------ --------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
2.00 to 2.99................ 9 0.02% $ 104,269.99 0.01%
3.00 to 3.99................ 8,256 17.69 143,508,991.67 19.00
4.00 to 4.99................ 1,411 3.02 25,381,971.21 3.36
5.00 to 5.99................ 11,167 23.92 176,221,444.32 23.34
6.00 to 6.99................ 11,245 24.09 182,466,501.84 24.16
7.00 to 7.99................ 5,608 12.01 93,742,699.85 12.41
8.00 to 8.99................ 3,916 8.39 61,511,243.63 8.15
9.00 to 9.99................ 2,364 5.06 34,184,141.01 4.53
10.00 to 10.99.............. 995 2.13 14,277,354.17 1.89
11.00 to 11.99.............. 516 1.11 7,508,689.68 0.99
12.00 to 12.99.............. 279 0.60 3,993,404.83 0.53
13.00 to 13.99.............. 308 0.66 4,326,616.08 0.57
14.00 to 14.99.............. 175 0.37 2,337,629.80 0.31
15.00 to 15.99.............. 104 0.22 1,494,914.13 0.20
16.00 to 16.99.............. 124 0.27 1,558,742.05 0.21
17.00 to 17.99.............. 130 0.28 1,718,974.84 0.23
18.00 to 18.99.............. 49 0.10 624,674.87 0.08
19.00 to 19.99.............. 9 0.02 75,117.84 0.01
20.00 and above............. 11 0.02 108,686.40 0.01
------ ------ --------------- ------
Totals.................... 46,676 100.00% $755,146,068.21 100.00%
====== ====== =============== ======
</TABLE>
S-16
<PAGE> 17
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES
BASED ON THE ADDRESSES OF THE ORIGINATING DEALERS
(PERCENTAGES MAY NOT ADD TO 100.00% DUE TO ROUNDING)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF
PERCENTAGE OF CUT-OFF DATE CUT-OFF DATE
NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL POOL
STATE RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES(%) BALANCE($) BALANCE(%)
----- ----------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alaska...................... 6 0.01% $ 112,002.69 0.01%
Arizona..................... 1,280 2.74 20,517,098.58 2.72
Arkansas.................... 611 1.31 9,549,190.93 1.26
California.................. 5,637 12.08 93,556,940.89 12.39
Colorado.................... 602 1.29 10,181,121.46 1.35
Connecticut................. 1,056 2.26 16,486,551.65 2.18
Delaware.................... 193 0.41 3,053,467.79 0.40
Florida..................... 3,478 7.45 55,509,702.02 7.35
Georgia..................... 1,846 3.95 30,311,267.11 4.01
Idaho....................... 58 0.12 928,878.40 0.12
Illinois.................... 1,798 3.85 30,666,643.03 4.06
Indiana..................... 520 1.11 8,662,443.47 1.15
Iowa........................ 266 0.57 4,253,082.50 0.56
Kansas...................... 160 0.34 2,671,287.47 0.35
Kentucky.................... 484 1.04 7,757,502.82 1.03
Louisiana................... 822 1.76 12,736,375.69 1.69
Maine....................... 118 0.25 1,704,142.63 0.23
Maryland.................... 1,289 2.76 20,705,385.02 2.74
Massachusetts............... 1,581 3.39 24,263,305.50 3.21
Michigan.................... 328 0.70 5,352,746.32 0.71
Minnesota................... 403 0.86 6,855,105.52 0.91
Mississippi................. 691 1.48 10,704,965.18 1.42
Missouri.................... 738 1.58 12,103,415.25 1.60
Montana..................... 29 0.06 486,052.38 0.06
Nebraska.................... 132 0.28 2,258,441.45 0.30
Nevada...................... 223 0.48 3,920,000.28 0.52
New Hampshire............... 439 0.94 6,811,727.96 0.90
New Jersey.................. 2,157 4.62 34,064,208.89 4.51
New Mexico.................. 265 0.57 4,018,399.76 0.53
New York.................... 3,174 6.80 48,857,969.35 6.47
North Carolina.............. 1,895 4.06 30,318,685.60 4.01
North Dakota................ 16 0.03 278,249.64 0.04
Ohio........................ 907 1.94 14,393,371.98 1.91
Oklahoma.................... 561 1.20 9,004,035.89 1.19
Oregon...................... 296 0.63 4,481,276.35 0.59
Pennsylvania................ 1,995 4.27 32,075,824.96 4.25
Rhode Island................ 223 0.48 3,332,536.57 0.44
South Carolina.............. 801 1.72 12,615,036.17 1.67
South Dakota................ 25 0.05 418,208.50 0.06
Tennessee................... 1,523 3.26 24,920,571.40 3.30
Texas....................... 4,900 10.50 82,636,033.00 10.94
Utah........................ 241 0.52 3,764,727.60 0.50
Vermont..................... 93 0.20 1,434,135.22 0.19
Virginia.................... 1,617 3.46 26,674,258.57 3.53
Washington.................. 577 1.24 9,944,705.52 1.32
West Virginia............... 254 0.54 4,053,363.21 0.54
Wisconsin................... 349 0.75 5,464,278.56 0.72
Wyoming..................... 19 0.04 277,347.48 0.04
------ ------ --------------- ------
Total..................... 46,676 100.00% $755,146,068.21 100.00%
====== ====== =============== ======
</TABLE>
S-17
<PAGE> 18
MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Information regarding maturity and prepayment considerations with respect
to the Notes is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of the Securities" in the
accompanying Prospectus and "Risk Factors -- You may experience reduced returns
on your investment resulting from prepayments, repurchases or early termination
of the trust" in the accompanying Prospectus. No principal payments will be made
on the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full. No
principal payments will be made on the Class A-3 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes
and the Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full and no principal payments will be
made on the Class A-4 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and
the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full; provided, however that, upon the
acceleration of the notes following an event of default, the principal of the
Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, and the Class A-4 Notes will be paid
ratably according to the respective outstanding principal balances of those
classes of notes. In addition, no principal payments will be made on the
Certificates until all of the Notes have been paid in full. See "The Notes --
Payments of Principal" in this Prospectus Supplement.
Because the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes depends
primarily on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the principal
balance of the Receivables, final payment of any class of Notes could occur
later or significantly earlier than their respective final scheduled
distribution dates set forth in "Summary -- Terms of the Notes -- Final
Scheduled Distribution Dates" (each, a "Final Scheduled Distribution Date") in
this Prospectus Supplement. Noteholders will bear the risk of being able to
reinvest principal payments on the Notes at yields at least equal to the yield
on their respective Notes. No prediction can be made as to the rate of
prepayments on the Receivables in either stable or changing interest rate
environments.
Although the Receivables have different APRs, disproportionate rates of
prepayments between Receivables with APRs greater than or less than the Required
Rate will generally not affect the yield to the Noteholders. However, higher
rates of prepayments of Receivables with higher APRs will decrease the amount
available to cover delinquencies and defaults on the Receivables and may
decrease the amounts available to be deposited in the Reserve Account.
DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES
The following tables set forth information concerning NMAC's experience
with respect to its total portfolio of U.S. retail installment sale contracts
for new, near-new and used automobiles and light-duty trucks. The portfolio
consists of retail installment sale contracts in all fifty states, the District
of Columbia and Guam. As of August 31, 2000, approximately 90.75% (based on
principal balance of receivables) of NMAC's total portfolio of U.S. retail
installment sales contracts (excluding those with original maturities of 64
months or more) consisted of new, near-new and used automobiles and light-duty
trucks financed through Nissan dealers, with the remaining approximately 9.25%
(based on principal balance of receivables) financed through Infiniti dealers.
S-18
<PAGE> 19
There can be no assurance that the behavior of the Receivables included in
the Trust will be comparable to NMAC's experience shown in the following tables.
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT MARCH 31,
AT AUGUST 31, -----------------------------------------------
2000 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996
------------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Number of Contracts
Outstanding.................... 420,922 368,660 312,237 330,662 317,238 274,807
Delinquencies as a Percentage of
Number of Contracts
Outstanding(2)
30 - 59 Days................... 1.40% 1.54% 2.27% 2.55% 3.10% 2.40%
60 - 89 Days................... 0.24% 0.16% 0.27% 0.36% 0.49% 0.25%
90 Days or More................ 0.03% 0.02% 0.04% 0.06% 0.17% 0.05%
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) The information in the Delinquency Experience table includes retail
installment sale contracts for new, near-new and used automobiles and
light-duty trucks and includes receivables which NMAC has sold to third
parties but continues to service. The information does not include
receivables purchased by NMAC under certain special financing programs. The
information in the tables relates only to receivables with original terms of
64 months or less. The Trust does not include receivables with original
maturities in excess of 60 months. In general, NMAC has experienced higher
overall levels of losses with respect to receivables with original
maturities of 64 to 72 months than with respect to receivables with shorter
original maturities.
(2) An account is considered delinquent if 20% or more of the scheduled payment
is past due.
S-19
<PAGE> 20
NET CREDIT LOSS AND REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)
(dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE
FIVE MONTHS AT OR FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
ENDED --------------------------------------------------------------
AUGUST 31, 2000 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Principal Amount Outstanding.... $5,104,923 $4,273,532 $3,126,219 $3,497,123 $3,276,423 $2,659,232
Average Principal Amount
Outstanding................... $4,661,105 $3,261,595 $3,463,840 $3,248,193 $3,181,569 $2,308,058
Number of Contracts
Outstanding................... 420,922 368,660 312,237 330,662 317,238 274,807
Average Number of Contracts
Outstanding................... 392,968 316,976 329,320 316,769 309,257 250,040
Number of Repossessions(2)...... 2,153 7,467 9,782 14,164 17,569 9,841
Number of Repossessions as a
Percent of the Average Number
of Contracts Outstanding...... 1.31% 2.36% 2.97% 4.47% 5.68% 3.94%
Charge-Offs(3).................. $ 14,444 $ 55,482 $ 92,005 $ 134,671 $ 158,969 $ 72,838
Recoveries(4)................... $ 13,205 $ 39,125 $ 41,947 $ 39,997 $ 31,874 $ 20,489
Net Losses...................... $ 1,239 $ 16,357 $ 50,059 $ 94,674 $ 127,095 $ 52,349
Net Losses as a Percent of
Principal Amount
Outstanding(5)................ 0.06% 0.38% 1.60% 2.71% 3.88% 1.97%
Net Losses as a Percent of
Average Principal Amount
Outstanding(5)................ 0.06% 0.50% 1.45% 2.91% 3.99% 2.27%
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) The information in the Net Credit Loss and Repossession Experience table
includes retail installment sale contracts for new, near-new and used
automobiles and light-duty trucks and includes receivables which NMAC has
sold to third parties but continues to service. The information does not
include receivables purchased by NMAC under certain special financing
programs. The information in the tables relates only to receivables with
original terms of 64 months or less. The Trust does not include receivables
with original maturities in excess of 60 months. In general, NMAC has
experienced higher overall levels of losses with respect to receivables with
original maturities of 64 to 72 months than with respect to receivables with
shorter original maturities. All amounts and percentages, except as
indicated, are based on the principal balances of the receivables including
unearned interest. Averages are computed by taking a simple average of month
end outstandings for each period presented.
(2) The number of repossessions excludes accounts that have been subsequently
reinstated.
(3) Charge-offs represent the net principal balance of receivables determined to
be uncollectible in the period less proceeds from disposition of related
vehicles, other than recoveries described in Note (4). Charge-offs do not
include expenses associated with collection, repossession or disposition of
the vehicle.
(4) Recoveries generally include amounts received on receivables following the
time at which the receivable is charged off. Recoveries are net of expenses
associated with collection.
(5) Percentages have been annualized in order to facilitate year to year
comparisons.
S-20
<PAGE> 21
NMAC's retail loss experience is dependent upon receivables levels, the
number of repossessions, the amount outstanding at the time of repossession and
the resale value of repossessed vehicles. The losses in the year ended March 31,
1997 were higher than in previous or subsequent years due to NMAC's effort to
finance a broader credit range of customers to support the sale of Nissan and
Infiniti vehicles and a general increase in personal bankruptcy filings. NMAC's
management reacted to the negative trend in losses by initiating changes to its
credit policy that tightened the range of available credit in order to originate
an improved mix of business. These changes involved discontinuing the
origination of 72-month term contracts in June 1996 and installing a new
empirically derived credit score card in September 1996. In addition, NMAC
tightened its credit policy by reducing advance rates for lower credit scores
and implementing risk-based pricing. NMAC has recently resumed originating
72-month term contracts under certain financing programs. See "The
Receivables -- Underwriting of Motor Vehicle Loans" in the accompanying
Prospectus.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES
Prepayments on automotive receivables can be measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus Supplement, the
Absolute Prepayment Model ("ABS"), represents an assumed rate of prepayment each
month relative to the original number of receivables in a pool of receivables.
ABS further assumes that all the receivables are the same size and amortize at
the same rate and that each receivable in each month of its life will either be
paid as scheduled or be prepaid in full. For example, in a pool of receivables
originally containing 10,000 receivables, a 1% ABS rate means that 100
receivables prepay each month. ABS does not purport to be an historical
description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of
prepayment of any pool of receivables, including the Receivables.
As the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes will depend on
the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the principal balance of the
Receivables, final payment of any class of Notes could occur later or
significantly earlier than the respective Final Scheduled Distribution Dates.
Reinvestment risk associated with early payment of the Notes will be borne
exclusively by the holders of such Notes.
The table captioned "Percent of Initial Note Principal Amount at Various
ABS Percentages" (the "ABS Table") has been prepared on the basis of the
characteristics of the Receivables described above. The ABS Table assumes that
(i) the Receivables prepay in full at the specified constant percentage of ABS
monthly, with no defaults, losses or repurchases, (ii) each scheduled monthly
payment on each Receivable is scheduled to be made and is made on the last day
of each month and each month has 30 days, (iii) payments are made on the Notes
on each Distribution Date (and each such date is assumed to be the fifteenth day
of each applicable month), (iv) the balance in the Reserve Account on each
Distribution Date is the required amount described in the summary under "Reserve
Account" and (v) the Servicer does not exercise its option to purchase the
Receivables. The hypothetical pools each have an assumed cut-off date of October
31, 2000. The ABS Table indicates the projected weighted average life of each
class of Notes and sets forth the percent of the initial principal amount of
each class of Notes that is projected to be outstanding after each of the
Distribution Dates shown at various constant ABS percentages.
S-21
<PAGE> 22
The ABS Table also assumes that the Receivables have been aggregated into
hypothetical pools with all of the Receivables within each such pool having the
following characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for each
of the pools (which is based on its aggregate principal balance, APR, original
term to maturity and remaining term to maturity as of the assumed cut-off date)
will be such that each pool will be fully amortized by the end of its remaining
term to maturity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REMAINING TERM ORIGINAL TERM
AGGREGATE TO MATURITY TO MATURITY
POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE APR (IN MONTHS) (IN MONTHS)
---- ----------------- ----- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1.................................. $ 6,030,221.03 8.056% 15 44
2.................................. $ 20,739,082.35 6.386% 29 37
3.................................. $ 66,043,144.91 6.824% 41 48
4.................................. $597,280,260.31 6.391% 53 60
5.................................. $ 65,053,359.61 8.942% 56 60
</TABLE>
S-22
<PAGE> 23
The actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables will differ
from the assumptions used in constructing the ABS Table. The assumptions used
are hypothetical and have been provided only to give a general sense of how the
principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment scenarios. For
example, it is very unlikely that the Receivables will prepay at a constant
level of ABS until maturity or that all of the Receivables will prepay at the
same level of ABS. Moreover, the diverse terms of Receivables within each of the
hypothetical pools could produce slower or faster principal distributions than
indicated in the ABS Table at the various constant percentages of ABS specified,
even if the original and remaining terms to maturity of the Receivables are as
assumed. Any difference between such assumptions and the actual characteristics
and performance of the Receivables, or actual prepayment experience, will affect
the percentages of initial amounts outstanding over time and the weighted
average lives of each class of Notes.
PERCENT OF INITIAL NOTE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT VARIOUS ABS PERCENTAGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A-1 NOTES CLASS A-2 NOTES
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0.50% 1.00% 1.30% 1.50% 1.70% 0.50% 1.00% 1.30% 1.50% 1.70%
----------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Closing Date......... 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Dec-00............ 89.48 86.92 85.30 84.17 83.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jan-01............ 78.99 73.98 70.78 68.57 66.27 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Feb-01............ 68.55 61.17 56.47 53.20 49.83 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Mar-01............ 58.15 48.50 42.34 38.08 33.67 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Apr-01............ 47.78 35.96 28.42 23.19 17.79 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-May-01............ 37.46 23.55 14.69 8.54 2.19 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jun-01............ 27.19 11.29 1.16 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 94.79 88.33
15-Jul-01............ 16.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 99.26 89.18 82.19 74.97
15-Aug-01............ 6.76 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 88.59 77.50 69.81 61.87
15-Sep-01............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 96.98 78.05 66.00 57.65 49.03
15-Oct-01............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 87.99 67.64 54.69 45.72 36.47
15-Nov-01............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 79.04 57.36 43.57 34.02 24.17
15-Dec-01............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 70.12 47.21 32.63 22.54 12.14
15-Jan-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 61.25 37.19 21.89 11.30 0.38
15-Feb-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 52.42 27.30 11.33 0.29 0.00
15-Mar-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 43.84 17.72 1.13 0.00 0.00
15-Apr-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.30 8.28 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-May-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Jun-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Jul-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Aug-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Sep-02............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Weighted Average Life
(years)(1)......... 0.44 0.37 0.33 0.31 0.29 1.32 1.11 1.00 0.93 0.87
Weighted Average Life
to Call
(years)(1)(2)...... 0.44 0.37 0.33 0.31 0.29 1.32 1.11 1.00 0.93 0.87
Optional Clean-Up
Call Date.......... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the
amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the
date of issuance of the note to the related distribution date, (y) adding
the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the
note.
(2) This calculation assumes that the servicer exercises its option to purchase
the receivables at the first opportunity.
S-23
<PAGE> 24
PERCENT OF INITIAL NOTE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT VARIOUS ABS PERCENTAGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A-3 NOTES CLASS A-4 NOTES
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION DATE 0.50% 1.00% 1.30% 1.50% 1.70% 0.50% 1.00% 1.30% 1.50% 1.70%
----------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Closing Date......... 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Dec-00............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jan-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Feb-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Mar-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Apr-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-May-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jun-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jul-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Aug-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Sep-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Oct-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Nov-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Dec-01............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jan-02............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Feb-02............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 91.69 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Mar-02............ 100.00 100.00 100.00 92.24 83.38 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Apr-02............ 100.00 100.00 93.34 84.44 75.27 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-May-02............ 100.00 99.23 85.98 76.81 67.37 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jun-02............ 100.00 92.35 78.76 69.35 59.66 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jul-02............ 100.00 85.57 71.68 62.07 52.16 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Aug-02............ 100.00 78.90 64.74 54.95 44.86 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Sep-02............ 94.93 72.32 57.96 48.02 37.78 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Oct-02............ 88.72 65.85 51.32 41.26 30.90 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Nov-02............ 82.55 59.48 44.82 34.68 24.23 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Dec-02............ 76.41 53.22 38.48 28.29 17.78 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Jan-03............ 70.30 47.06 32.29 22.07 11.54 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Feb-03............ 64.23 41.01 26.25 16.04 5.52 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
15-Mar-03............ 58.19 35.06 20.36 10.20 0.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 99.39
15-Apr-03............ 52.19 29.22 14.63 4.54 0.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 87.22
15-May-03............ 46.49 23.71 9.24 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 98.31 75.83
15-Jun-03............ 40.83 18.30 3.99 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 87.12 64.90
15-Jul-03............ 35.19 13.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 97.59 76.33 54.43
15-Aug-03............ 29.59 7.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 86.81 65.94 44.44
15-Sep-03............ 24.03 2.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 76.37 55.95 34.92
15-Oct-03............ 18.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 95.04 66.27 46.37 25.87
15-Nov-03............ 13.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 84.41 56.50 37.20 17.32
15-Dec-03............ 7.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 74.03 47.08 28.44 9.24
15-Jan-04............ 2.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 63.89 38.00 20.10 1.66
15-Feb-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 92.90 53.99 29.27 12.19 0.00
15-Mar-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 81.24 44.34 20.90 4.69 0.00
15-Apr-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 69.67 34.93 12.87 0.00 0.00
15-May-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 59.44 26.67 5.86 0.00 0.00
15-Jun-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 49.29 18.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Jul-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 39.21 10.81 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Aug-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.21 3.22 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Sep-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Oct-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
15-Nov-04............ 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Weighted Average Life
(years)(1)......... 2.50 2.19 1.99 1.87 1.75 3.62 3.34 3.11 2.94 2.76
Weighted Average Life
to Call
(years)(1)(2)...... 2.50 2.19 1.99 1.87 1.75 3.62 3.33 3.10 2.93 2.75
Optional Clean-up
Call Date.......... -- -- -- -- -- Oct-04 Jul-04 Apr-04 Feb-04 Dec-03
</TABLE>
---------------
(1) The weighted average life of a note is determined by (x) multiplying the
amount of each principal payment on a note by the number of years from the
date of issuance of the note to the related distribution date, (y) adding
the results and (z) dividing the sum by the original principal amount of the
note.
(2) This calculation assumes that the servicer exercises its option to purchase
the receivables at the first opportunity.
S-24
<PAGE> 25
NOTE FACTORS AND POOL FACTORS
The "Note Factor" for any Distribution Date with respect to any class of
Notes will be a seven-digit decimal indicating the principal amount of that
class of Notes as of the close of business on the last day of the related
Collection Period in that month as a fraction of the respective principal amount
thereof as of the Closing Date. The Servicer will compute the Note Factor each
month for each class of Notes. Each Note Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and
thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the principal amount of each
class of Notes. The portion of the principal amount of any class of Notes for a
given month allocable to a Noteholder can be determined by multiplying the
original denomination of the holder's Note by the related Note Factor for that
month.
The "Pool Balance" as of a date of determination means the aggregate
principal balance of the Receivables (excluding Administrative Receivables,
Warranty Receivables and Defaulted Receivables) as of the close of business on
such day. The aggregate principal balance of the Receivables will be computed by
allocating payments in respect of the Receivables to principal and interest
using the simple interest method.
The "Pool Factor" for any Distribution Date for a particular class of Notes
will be a seven-digit decimal indicating the principal amount of that class of
Notes as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection
Period as a fraction of the Pool Balance as of the Cut-off Date. The Servicer
will compute the Pool Factor for each month for each class of Notes.
Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, the Noteholders will
receive monthly reports from the Indenture Trustee concerning the payments
received on the Receivables, the Pool Balance, the related Note Factors, Pool
Factors and various other items of information pertaining to the Trust.
Noteholders of record during each calendar year will be furnished information by
the Indenture Trustee for tax reporting purposes not later than the latest date
permitted by law. Copies of the reports may be obtained by the Noteholders by
delivering a written request addressed to the Indenture Trustee at its address
at Wells Fargo Center, Sixth and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis,
MN 55479, Attn: Asset Backed Securities Department. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Statements to Securityholders" in the
accompanying Prospectus.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Seller will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to purchase
the Receivables from NMAC pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and to fund the
Reserve Account and to make a capital contribution to the Trust by funding the
Yield Supplement Account.
THE SELLER AND THE SERVICER
Information regarding the Seller and the Servicer is set forth under the
captions "The Seller" and "The Servicer" in the accompanying Prospectus.
FINANCIAL CONDITION OF NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
NMAC is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
("Nissan"). Although Nissan is not guaranteeing the Trust's obligations under
the Notes, Nissan's financial condition may affect NMAC's ability to service the
Receivables. Nissan reported a consolidated operating profit of 82.6 billion Yen
(US$778.9 million) for fiscal year 1999 (ended at March 31, 2000), a decrease of
31.7% compared to the previous year, with net sales of 5,977.1 billion Yen
(US$56.39 billion), a decrease of 9.2% compared to the previous year. The
decline in operating income is attributable to the negative impact of the
appreciation of the Yen and to lower unit
S-25
<PAGE> 26
sales, particularly in the Japanese market. (The average exchange rate for the
dollar was 112 Yen in fiscal year 1999 compared to 128 Yen in fiscal year 1998.)
At March 31, 2000, Nissan announced one-time extraordinary charges totaling
711.1 billion Yen (US$6.71 billion) leading to a consolidated net loss of 684.4
billion Yen (US$6.46 billion). The one-time extraordinary charges relate to
changes in the accounting of pensions and retirement benefits in Japan, to plant
closures and expenses related to the Nissan Revival Plan, and to new accounting
methods, including the calculations of provisions relating to product
warranties, adopted in order to bring the accounts in line with internationally
accepted accounting practices.
The March 31, 2000 year-end results close a year of transition for Nissan.
After the conclusion of an alliance with Renault in March 1999, Nissan announced
a comprehensive revival plan in October 1999. The Nissan Revival Plan is
targeted to restore profitability, reduce debt and improve operating margins.
Nissan is cooperating with Renault in the areas of purchasing, platform
co-development and international growth.
On November 2, 2000, based on a preliminary unaudited mid-year earnings
announcement for the first six months of fiscal year 2000 made by Nissan on
October 30, 2000, Standard & Poor's Rating Agency affirmed its BB+ long-term and
B short-term ratings of Nissan and related entities and changed the outlook on
Nissan's long-term ratings from stable to positive.
THE NOTES
GENERAL
The Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of the
final signed Indenture will be filed with the SEC following the issuance of the
Notes. The Notes will be issued as registered Notes in the minimum denomination
of $1,000. The following summary describes material terms of the Notes and the
Indenture. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and
the Indenture. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Indenture are
referred to, the actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are
incorporated by reference as part of the summary. The following summary
supplements, and to the extent inconsistent therewith replaces, the description
of the general terms and provisions of the Notes of any given series and the
related Indenture set forth in the accompanying Prospectus, to which description
reference is hereby made.
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
Each class of Notes will constitute Fixed Rate Securities, as that term is
defined under "Material Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed Rate
Securities" in the accompanying Prospectus, except that the Class A-1 Notes will
accrue interest on the basis of the actual number of days in the related
Interest Period divided by 360. Interest on the principal balances of all
classes of the Notes will accrue at the respective per annum fixed interest
rates set forth in "Summary -- Terms of the Notes -- Per Annum Interest Rates"
in this Prospectus Supplement (each, an "Interest Rate") and will be payable to
the Noteholders monthly on the fifteenth of each month (or, if that date is not
a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) (a "Distribution Date")
commencing December 15, 2000. A "Business Day" is any day except a Saturday,
Sunday or a day on which banks in New York, New York; Los Angeles, California;
Wilmington, Delaware; or Minneapolis, Minnesota are authorized or obligated by
law, regulation, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.
S-26
<PAGE> 27
Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes will
accrue at the related Interest Rate from and including the most recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid (or from and including the
Closing Date with respect to the first Distribution Date) to but excluding the
current Distribution Date (each, an "Interest Period" with respect to the Class
A-1 Notes). Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes,
the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes will accrue at the related Interest
Rate from and including the 15th day of the preceding calendar month (or from
and including the Closing Date with respect to the first Distribution Date) to
but excluding the 15th day of the current calendar month (each, an "Interest
Period" with respect to the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class
A-4 Notes).
Interest on the Class A-1 Notes will be calculated on the basis of the
actual number of days in the related Interest Period divided by 360, and
interest on the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months. Interest accrued but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on
the next Distribution Date, together with interest on that amount at the
applicable Interest Rate (to the extent lawful). Interest payments on the Notes
will generally be made from Available Amounts and from amounts on deposit in the
Reserve Account, after the Total Servicing Fee has been paid; provided however,
that after the occurrence of an Event of Default and an acceleration of the
Notes interest payments on the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, and the
Class A-4 Notes will be made from such amounts only after the principal of and
accrued interest on the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full. See
"Subordination; Reserve Account -- Reserve Account" and "Distributions on the
Notes" in this Prospectus Supplement.
Interest payments to the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class
A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") will have the same
priority unless the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event
of Default, in which case, interest payments will be made first to the Class A-1
Notes and then ratably to the Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, and Class A-4
Notes. Under specified circumstances, the amount available for interest payments
could be less than the amount of interest payable on the Notes on any
Distribution Date, in which case the holders of the Notes (the "Noteholders")
will receive their ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest
due to that class) of the aggregate amount available to be distributed in
respect of interest on the Notes.
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
Until the Notes have been paid in full, principal payments to Noteholders
will be made on each Distribution Date in the amount and order of priority
described under "Distributions on the Notes -- Payment of Distributable Amounts"
in this Prospectus Supplement. On each Distribution Date, principal of the Notes
will be payable generally in an amount equal to the Noteholders' Percentage of
Allocable Principal. However, after the occurrence of an Event of Default and an
acceleration of the Notes, all principal of the Notes will become due and
payable. Principal payments on the Notes will be made from Available Amounts and
from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account, after the Total Servicing Fee
has been paid and after the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount has been
distributed; provided, however that after the occurrence of an Event of Default
and an acceleration of the Notes, Available Amounts and amounts on deposit in
the Reserve Account, after the Total Servicing Fee has been paid, will be
applied first to pay principal of and interest on the Class A-1 Notes until the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full,
second, to pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3
Notes, and the Class A-4 Notes, and third, to pay principal of the Class A-2
Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, and the Class A-4 Notes on a pro rata basis based on
the respective outstanding principal balances of those classes of Notes until
the outstanding principal balances of those classes of Notes have been paid in
full. The Noteholders' Percentage will equal 100% until the Notes have been paid
in full. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
S-27
<PAGE> 28
and an acceleration of the Notes, principal payments will be allocated among the
Notes so that no principal payments will be made on:
1. the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in
full;
2. the Class A-3 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2
Notes have been paid in full; and
3. the Class A-4 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes
and the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full.
The actual Distribution Date on which the outstanding principal amount of
any class of Notes is paid may be later or significantly earlier than its Final
Scheduled Distribution Date based on a variety of factors, including the factors
described under "Weighted Average Life of the Securities" in this Prospectus
Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus.
If the principal amount of a class of Notes has not been paid in full on or
prior to its Final Scheduled Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount for that Distribution Date will, to the extent the
remaining Available Amounts (plus amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account) are
sufficient, include an amount sufficient to reduce the unpaid principal amount
of that class of Notes to zero on that Distribution Date. See "Distributions on
the Notes -- Payment of Distributable Amounts" in this Prospectus Supplement.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
Subject to the following paragraph, upon an Event of Default, the
Noteholders will have the rights set forth in the Prospectus under "The
Notes -- The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default." The
Indenture Trustee may sell the Receivables subject to certain conditions set
forth in the Indenture following an Event of Default, including a default in the
payment of any principal of or a default for five days or more in the payment of
any interest on any Note. In the case of an Event of Default not involving any
such default in payment, the Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the
Receivables unless one of the conditions set forth in the Prospectus under "The
Notes -- The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default" has
been satisfied.
NOTICES
Noteholders will be notified in writing by the Indenture Trustee of any
Event of Default, default by the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
(a "Servicer Default") or termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the
Servicer promptly upon a Trust Officer (as defined in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements) obtaining actual knowledge thereof.
If Notes are issued other than in book-entry form, those notices will be
mailed to the addresses of Noteholders as they appear in the register maintained
by the Indenture Trustee prior to mailing. Those notices will be deemed to have
been given on the date of that mailing.
S-28
<PAGE> 29
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES
On or before the tenth calendar day of each month (or, if the tenth day is
not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (each, a "Determination
Date"), the Servicer will inform the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of,
among other things, the amount of funds collected on or in respect of the
Receivables, the amount of Advances to be made by and reimbursed to the Servicer
and the Total Servicing Fee and other servicing compensation payable to the
Servicer, in each case with respect to the immediately preceding Collection
Period. On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will also determine
the following:
1. Available Amounts;
2. Allocable Principal;
3. Noteholders' Distributable Amount;
4. Certificateholders' Distributable Amount, if any;
5. Yield Supplement Deposit, if any;
6. based on the available funds and other amounts available for
payment on the related Distribution Date as described below, the amount to
be distributed to the Noteholders and Certificateholders; and
7. all other distributions, deposits and withdrawals to be made on the
related Distribution Date.
The Indenture Trustee will make payments to the Noteholders out of the
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account. The amounts to be distributed to
the Noteholders will be determined in the manner described below. For this
purpose, "Allocable Principal" shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any,
of (x) the sum of the outstanding principal balances of the Notes and the
Certificates as of the close of business on the prior Distribution Date over (y)
the Pool Balance as of the end of the related Collection Period.
CALCULATION OF AVAILABLE AMOUNTS
The amount of funds available for distribution on a Distribution Date will
generally equal the sum of Available Interest and Available Principal
(collectively, "Available Amounts").
"Available Interest" for a Distribution Date will equal the sum of the
following amounts allocable to interest received or allocated by the Servicer on
or in respect of the Receivables during the related Collection Period:
1. all collections on or in respect of the Receivables;
2. all proceeds of Liquidated Receivables, net of expenses incurred by
the Servicer in accordance with its customary servicing procedures in
connection with the liquidation, including amounts received in subsequent
Collection Periods ("Net Liquidation Proceeds");
3. all Advances made by the Servicer;
4. all payments by the Seller during that Collection Period for
breaches of representations and warranties that materially and adversely
affect any Receivable ("Warranty Purchase Payments");
5. all payments by the Servicer during that Collection Period for
breaches of certain of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement that materially and adversely affect any Receivable
("Administrative Purchase Payments"); and
6. any Yield Supplement Deposit, plus reinvestment income on the Yield
Supplement Account.
S-29
<PAGE> 30
"Available Principal" for a Distribution Date will equal the sum of the
amounts described in clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above received or allocated
by the Servicer in respect of principal on or in respect of the Receivables
during the related Collection Period.
Available Interest and Available Principal on any Distribution Date will
exclude the following amounts:
1. amounts received on a particular Receivable (other than a Defaulted
Receivable) to the extent that the Servicer has previously made an
unreimbursed Advance in respect of that Receivable;
2. Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to a particular Receivable to
the extent of unreimbursed Advances in respect of that Receivable; and
3. recoveries from collections with respect to Advances that the
Servicer has determined are unlikely to be repaid.
A "Defaulted Receivable" will be a Receivable (other than a Receivable as
to which a Warranty Purchase Payment or an Administrative Purchase Payment has
been made) which, by its terms, is delinquent 120 or more days or, with respect
to a Receivable that is delinquent less than 120 days, the Servicer has (a)
determined, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures, that eventual
payment in full is unlikely, or (b) repossessed the Financed Vehicle.
A "Liquidated Receivable" will be a Defaulted Receivable for which the
related Financed Vehicle has been liquidated by the Servicer.
PAYMENT OF DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNTS
On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will allocate amounts on deposit in
the Collection Account (after payment of the Supplemental Servicing Fee to the
extent not previously retained by the Servicer) with respect to the related
Collection Period as described below and will instruct the Indenture Trustee to
make the following payments and distributions in the following amounts and order
of priority:
1. to the Servicer, the amount of any payments in respect of Advances
required to be reimbursed;
2. to the Servicer, from Available Amounts, the Base Servicing Fee,
including any unpaid Base Servicing Fees with respect to one or more prior
Collection Periods;
3. on a pro rata basis (based on the amounts distributable to each
class) to the Noteholders, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount,
from Available Amounts (after giving effect to the reduction in Available
Amounts described in clause (2) above);
4. to the Noteholders, an amount equal to the Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount, from Available Amounts (after giving effect to the
reduction in Available Amounts described in clauses (2) and (3) above);
5. to the Reserve Account, from Available Amounts (after giving effect
to the reduction in Available Amounts described in clauses (2) through (4)
above and that amount being the "Excess Amount"), that amount until the
amount on deposit in that account equals the Specified Reserve Account
Balance;
6. on the Distribution Date on which the Notes have been paid in full
and each Distribution Date thereafter, to the holders of record of the
Certificates (the "Certificateholders"), the Certificateholders'
Distributable Amount, from Available Amounts (after giving effect to the
reduction in Available Amounts described in clauses (2) through (5) above);
and
S-30
<PAGE> 31
7. any Available Amounts remaining after giving effect to the
reduction in Available Amounts described in clauses (2) through (6) above,
to the Seller.
The Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount will be allocated among the
Notes so that no principal payments will be made on:
1. the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in
full;
2. the Class A-3 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2
Notes have been paid in full; and
3. the Class A-4 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes
and the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full.
However, after the occurrence of an Event of Default and an acceleration of
the Notes, Available Amounts (after the servicing fee has been paid) will be
applied to pay interest and principal (1) first to the Class A-1 Notes, until
the outstanding principal balance of and accrued interest on the Class A-1 Notes
has been paid in full, and (2) then to the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes
and the Class A-4 Notes on a pro rata basis (x) with respect to interest, based
on the respective aggregate amounts of interest due to those classes of notes
and (y) with respect to principal, based on the respective outstanding principal
balances of those classes of notes, until the outstanding principal balances of
those classes of notes have been paid in full.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if amounts actually allocated to pay the
Base Servicing Fee and the Noteholders on any Distribution Date are less than
the Base Servicing Fee and the Noteholders' Distributable Amount, funds will be
withdrawn from the Reserve Account so that an amount equal to the Base Servicing
Fee and the Noteholders' Distributable Amount may be paid to the Servicer and
allocated to the Noteholders, respectively.
No payments on the Certificates will be made until all of the Notes have
been paid in full.
For the purposes of this Prospectus Supplement, the following terms will
have the following meanings:
The "Certificateholders' Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount
for that Distribution Date.
The "Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" will mean,
with respect to any Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of the
Allocable Principal for such Distribution Date.
The "Certificateholders' Percentage" will mean the following: (i) for each
Distribution Date until the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of
all of the Notes has been paid in full, 0%; (ii) for the Distribution Date on
which the principal amount of all the Notes has been paid in full, the
percentage of Allocable Principal remaining after the Notes have been paid in
full; and (iii) for each Distribution Date after the Distribution Date on which
the principal amount of all of the Notes is reduced to zero, 100%.
The "Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of:
1. Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for that
Distribution Date; and
2. on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date, if any, for the
Certificates, or if none, then upon the termination of the Trust, the
amount necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of Certificates
to zero; provided, however, that the Certificateholders' Principal
Distributable Amount shall not exceed the balance attributable to the
Certificates.
S-31
<PAGE> 32
The "Noteholders' Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount for
the Notes plus the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for that
Distribution Date for the Notes.
The "Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date and a class of Notes, the excess, if any, of the sum of
the Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for that class for the
preceding Distribution Date plus any outstanding Noteholders' Interest Carryover
Shortfall for that class on that preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in
respect of interest that is actually paid on the Notes of that class on that
preceding Distribution Date, plus, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
interest on the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall at the related
Interest Rate for the related Interest Period.
The "Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for all classes of Notes and the Noteholders' Interest
Carryover Shortfall for all classes of Notes with respect to that Distribution
Date.
The "Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date and a class of Notes, interest accrued for the
related Interest Period at the related Interest Rate for that class on the
outstanding principal amount of that class on the immediately preceding
Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to
Noteholders of that class on or prior to that Distribution Date (or, in the case
of the first Distribution Date, on the original principal amount of that class).
The "Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Percentage of Allocable
Principal for that Distribution Date.
The "Noteholders' Percentage" will mean:
1. for each Distribution Date until the Distribution Date on which the
principal amounts of all of the Notes have been paid in full, 100%;
2. for the Distribution Date on which the Notes have been paid in
full, the percentage of Allocable Principal needed to pay the Notes in
full; and
3. thereafter, 0%.
The "Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" will mean, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the excess, if any, of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in
respect of principal that is actually paid as principal on the Notes on that
Distribution Date. Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall is not used to
determine the amount of principal due on the Notes on any Distribution Date, but
is used solely for reporting purposes. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Statements to Securityholders" in the accompanying
Prospectus.
The "Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with respect
to any Distribution Date, the sum of:
1. the Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount; and
2. on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for any class of Notes,
the amount necessary to reduce the outstanding principal amount of that
class of Notes to zero; provided, however, that the Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes.
S-32
<PAGE> 33
SUBORDINATION; RESERVE ACCOUNT
SUBORDINATION
The rights of the Noteholders to receive payments with respect to the
Receivables will be subordinated to the rights of the Servicer to receive the
Total Servicing Fee, any additional servicing compensation described under
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation"
in this Prospectus Supplement and the reimbursement of outstanding Advances.
RESERVE ACCOUNT
The protection afforded to the Noteholders through subordination will be
effected both by the preferential right of the Noteholders to receive, to the
extent described in this Prospectus Supplement, current distributions on the
Receivables and by the establishment and maintenance of a segregated trust
account containing money and other property deposited therein pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement (the "Reserve Account"). The Reserve Account will
be a segregated account in the name of the Indenture Trustee and pledged to the
Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Reserve Account will
be created with an initial deposit by the Seller on the Closing Date of an
amount equal to $5,663,595.51 (the "Reserve Account Initial Deposit"). The
Reserve Account will thereafter be funded by the deposit therein of all Excess
Amounts, if any, for each Distribution Date to the extent necessary to restore
or bring the amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account to the Specified Reserve
Account Balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Distribution Date, to
the extent that amounts deposited in the Collection Account during the related
Collection Period are insufficient to fully reimburse the Servicer for Advances
made by it which are required to be reimbursed under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, amounts then on deposit in the Reserve Account will be applied to
reimburse the Servicer in full before any amounts therein are applied for the
payment on the Notes.
Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Account will continue to be
held for the benefit of holders of the Notes and may be invested in Eligible
Investments. Income on such Eligible Investments (net of losses and expenses)
will be paid to the Seller on each Distribution Date. If the amount on deposit
in the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account on that Distribution Date)
is greater than the Specified Reserve Account Balance for that Distribution
Date, the Indenture Trustee will release such excess amount to the Seller.
The "Specified Reserve Account Balance" will initially be $5,663,595.51. In
the event, however, that on any Distribution Date: (i) the annualized average
for the preceding three Collection Periods (or such smaller number of Collection
Periods as have elapsed since the Cut-off Date) of the percentage equivalents of
the ratios of net losses (i.e., the net balances of all Liquidated Receivables,
less any Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Liquidated Receivables
from that or prior Collection Periods) to the Pool Balance as of the first day
of each such Collection Period exceeds 3.25% or (ii) the average for the
preceding three Collection Periods (or such smaller number of Collection Periods
as have elapsed since the Cut-off Date) of the percentage equivalents of the
ratios of the number of Receivables that are delinquent 60 days or more to the
outstanding number of Receivables exceeds 2.0%, then the Specified Reserve
Account Balance for such Distribution Date (and for each succeeding Distribution
Date until the relevant averages have not exceeded the specified percentages in
clauses (i) and (ii) above for three successive Distribution Dates) shall be a
dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) $5,663,595.51 and (ii) 5% of the
outstanding principal balance of the Notes and Certificates as of the preceding
Distribution Date (after giving effect to payments of principal made on such
Distribution Date).
S-33
<PAGE> 34
The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus
Supplement, request each rating agency to approve a formula for determining the
Specified Reserve Account Balance that is different from those described above
or change the manner by which the Reserve Account is funded. If each rating
agency delivers a letter to the Owner Trustee to the effect that the use of any
new formula will not result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its
then-current rating of any class of the Notes, then the Specified Reserve
Account Balance will be determined in accordance with the new formula. The Sale
and Servicing Agreement will accordingly be amended, without the consent of any
Noteholder or Certificateholder, to reflect the new calculation.
The Seller will not be required to refund any amounts properly distributed
or paid to it, whether or not there are sufficient funds on any subsequent
Distribution Date to make full distributions to the Noteholders.
The Reserve Account and the subordination of the Certificates are intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by Noteholders of the full amount of
principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood that the
Noteholders will experience losses. However, the Reserve Account could be
depleted. If the amount required to be deposited into or required to be
withdrawn from the Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in collections on the
Receivables exceeds the amount of available cash in the Reserve Account,
Noteholders could incur losses or suffer a temporary shortfall in the amounts
distributed to the Noteholders.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
The description of the terms of the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Trust Agreement (collectively,
the "Transfer and Servicing Agreements") in this Prospectus Supplement does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by
reference to, all the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements. Forms
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement. Copies of the final signed Transfer and Servicing
Agreements will be filed with the SEC following the issuance of the Notes. Any
description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements in this Prospectus
Supplement supplements, and to the extent inconsistent replaces, the description
of the general terms and provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements set
forth in the accompanying Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby
made.
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
Information with respect to the conveyance of the Receivables from the
Seller to the Trust on the Closing Date pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement is set forth under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" in the accompanying
Prospectus.
ACCOUNTS
In addition to the accounts referred to under "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts" in the accompanying Prospectus, the Seller
will also establish with and pledge to the Indenture Trustee the Reserve
Account. The Reserve Account will not be property of the Trust. The Yield
Supplement Account established in the name of the Indenture Trustee will be
property of the Trust.
S-34
<PAGE> 35
COLLECTIONS
The Servicer will deposit all payments on Receivables received from
Obligors and all proceeds of Receivables collected during each Collection Period
into the Collection Account not later than the Business Day after receipt.
However, so long as NMAC is the Servicer, if each condition to making monthly
deposits as may be required by the Sale and Servicing Agreement (including the
satisfaction of specified ratings criteria by NMAC and the absence of any
Servicer Default) is satisfied, the Servicer may retain such amounts until the
related Distribution Date. The Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, will
remit the aggregate Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase
Payments of Receivables to be purchased from the Trust to the Collection Account
on the Business Day immediately preceding the Distribution Date. The Servicer
will be entitled to withhold, or to be reimbursed from amounts otherwise payable
into or on deposit in the Collection Account, amounts previously deposited in
the Collection Account but later determined to have resulted from mistaken
deposits or postings. Except in certain circumstances described in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, pending deposit into the Collection Account, collections
may be employed by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and will
not be segregated from its own funds. The Servicer, at its own risk and for its
own benefit, may instruct the Owner Trustee to invest amounts held in the
Collection Account in Eligible Investments from the time deposited until the
related Distribution Date. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Collections" in the accompanying Prospectus.
"Eligible Investments" will be specified in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and will be limited to investments which meet the criteria of each
rating agency from time to time as being consistent with its then-current
ratings of the Notes.
Collections on or in respect of a Receivable made during a Collection
Period (including Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase
Payments) will be applied first to interest accrued to date, second to principal
until the principal balance is brought current, third to reduce the unpaid late
charges as provided in the Receivable and finally to prepay principal of the
Receivable. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Collections" in the accompanying Prospectus.
ADVANCES
On or before the Business Day prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer
will be obligated to make a payment into the Collection Account for each
Receivable of an amount equal to the product of the principal balance of the
Receivable as of the first day of the related Collection Period and one-twelfth
of its APR minus the amount of interest actually received on the Receivable
during the Collection Period (an "Advance"). If the calculation results in a
negative number, an amount equal to the negative amount will be paid to the
Servicer in reimbursement of outstanding Advances. In addition, if a Receivable
becomes a Liquidated Receivable, the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on
that Receivable (but not including interest for the current Collection Period)
will, up to the amount of outstanding Advances in respect thereof, be withdrawn
from the Collection Account and paid to the Servicer in reimbursement of the
outstanding Advances. The Servicer will not be required to make any Advances
(other than the Advance of an interest shortfall arising from a prepaid
Receivable) to the extent that it does not expect to recoup the Advance from
subsequent collections or recoveries. No advances of principal will be made with
respect to the Receivables. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Advances" in the accompanying Prospectus.
SERVICING COMPENSATION
The base servicing fee for the calendar month immediately preceding any
Distribution Date (a "Collection Period") will be one-twelfth of 1.00% (the
"Servicing Rate") of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the preceding
Collection Period or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
S-35
<PAGE> 36
the Original Pool Balance (the "Base Servicing Fee"). The Base Servicing Fee,
together with any previously unpaid Base Servicing Fee, will be paid on each
Distribution Date solely to the extent of Available Amounts (and, if necessary,
amounts available in the Reserve Account). The Servicer will be entitled to
collect and retain as additional servicing compensation in respect of each
Collection Period any late fees, prepayment charges and any other administrative
fees and expenses or similar charges collected during that Collection Period,
plus any investment earnings or interest earned during that Collection Period
from the investment of monies on deposit in the Collection Account (the
"Supplemental Servicing Fee"). See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Collections" in this Prospectus Supplement and "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation" in the accompanying
Prospectus. The Servicer will be paid the Base Servicing Fee and the
Supplemental Servicing Fee (collectively the "Total Servicing Fee") for each
Collection Period on the following Distribution Date related to that Collection
Period. The Base Servicing Fee will be paid from Available Amounts (and, if
necessary, amounts available in the Reserve Account) prior to the payment of the
Noteholders' Distributable Amount or Certificateholders' Distributable Amount.
YIELD SUPPLEMENT ACCOUNT AND YIELD SUPPLEMENT AGREEMENT
Payments of the Yield Supplement Deposit will be made from funds on deposit
in a segregated trust account to be established by the Trust in the name of the
Indenture Trustee and the Trust will pledge the trust account to secure the
Notes under the Indenture for the benefit of the holders of the Notes (the
"Yield Supplement Account"). The Yield Supplement Account will be part of the
Trust property and will be funded as follows: (1) on the Closing Date, the
Seller will make a capital contribution to the Trust by depositing
$25,097,608.17 in cash into the Yield Supplement Account, which amount will
equal the Required Yield Supplement Amount, and (2) on each Distribution Date,
the Servicer will deposit into the Yield Supplement Account certain amounts
received by the Seller as base compensation for its servicing of certain other
receivables (which other receivables will not be property of the Trust). Neither
the Seller nor the Servicer will make any other deposits into the Yield
Supplement Account on or after the Closing Date.
The "Yield Supplement Deposit" for each Distribution Date means an
aggregate amount (if positive), calculated by the Servicer, by which (1) one
month's interest on the principal balance as of the first day of the related
Collection Period of each Yield Supplemented Receivable (other than a Defaulted
Receivable, after the Collection Period in which that Receivable became a
Defaulted Receivable) at a rate equal to the Required Rate exceeds (2) one
month's interest on that principal balance at that Yield Supplemented
Receivable's APR. "Yield Supplemented Receivables" are Receivables that have
APRs which are less than the Required Rate. The "Required Rate" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (1) the Interest Rate on the
Class -- A-4 Notes, and (2) the Servicing Rate of 1.00%.
If the Yield Supplement Deposit for any Distribution Date exceeds the
amount available for withdrawal from the Yield Supplement Account on that
Distribution Date, the Seller will not have any further obligation under the
Yield Supplement Agreement to deposit any further amounts into the Yield
Supplement Account. The amount required to be on deposit in the Yield Supplement
Account (the "Required Yield Supplement Amount") will be equal to the lesser of
(A) the maximum aggregate Yield Supplement Deposits that will become due on
future Distribution Dates, assuming (1) that payments on the Receivables are
made on their scheduled due dates, (2) that no Receivable becomes a prepaid
Receivable, and (3) a discount rate of 2.5%, and (B) $25,097,608.17. The amount
on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account may decline as a result of
prepayments or repayments in full of the Receivables. To the extent that on any
Distribution Date the amount on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account exceeds
the Required Yield Supplement Amount on that Distribution Date, after giving
effect to all distributions to be
S-36
<PAGE> 37
made on such Distribution Date, the excess will be deposited in the Collection
Account for distribution in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Simultaneously with the sale and assignment of the Receivables by NMAC to
the Seller, the Seller will enter into the Yield Supplement Agreement with the
Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, and the Trust.
NET DEPOSITS
As an administrative convenience and as long as specified conditions are
satisfied, the Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of collections,
aggregate Advances and amounts deposited in respect of purchases of Receivables
by the Seller or the Servicer for or with respect to the related Collection
Period net of payments to be made to the Servicer with respect to that
Collection Period. The Servicer, however, will account for the foregoing
deposits and payments as if all of the foregoing deposits and payments were made
individually. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Net
Deposits" in the accompanying Prospectus.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE
The outstanding Notes will be paid in full on any Distribution Date on
which the Servicer or any successor to the Servicer exercises its option to
purchase the Receivables. The Servicer or any successor to the Servicer may
purchase the Receivables when the Pool Balance shall have declined to 10% or
less of the Original Pool Balance, as described in the accompanying Prospectus
under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Termination." The
"Redemption Price" for the outstanding Notes will be equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the outstanding Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest on
those Notes on the date of the optional purchase.
REMOVAL OF SERVICER
The Indenture Trustee or Noteholders evidencing a majority of the voting
interests of Notes may terminate the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement upon:
1. any failure by the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC is the
Servicer) to deliver to the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as
applicable, for deposit in any account any required payment or to direct
the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, to make any
required distributions from that account, and that failure continues
unremedied for three Business Days after (a) receipt by the Servicer (or
the Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer) of written notice of the
failure from the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, (b)
receipt by the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer)
and the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, of written
notice of the failure from the holders of Notes evidencing not less than
25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, acting together as the
single class; or (b) discovery of that failure by any officer of the
Servicer;
2. any failure by the Servicer (or the Seller, as long as NMAC is the
Servicer) to duly observe or perform in any material respect any other
covenants or agreements of the Servicer (or the Seller, as long as NMAC is
the Servicer) set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and that
failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or
the Certificateholders, and that failure continues unremedied for 90 days
after the giving of written notice of the failure to (a) the Servicer (or
the Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer) by the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee, or (b) the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC is
the Servicer) and the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as
applicable, by the holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% in
principal amount of those
S-37
<PAGE> 38
outstanding Notes or holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25%
of the balance attributable to the Certificates, each acting together as a
single class; and
3. the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect to the Servicer.
Under those circumstances, authority and power shall, without further
action, pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee or a successor Servicer
appointed under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. If, however, a bankruptcy
trustee or similar official has been appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer
Default other than the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or similar official
has occurred, that trustee or official may have the power to prevent the
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders from effecting a transfer of servicing.
Upon receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Default, the Indenture
Trustee shall give notice thereof to the rating agencies. Upon payment in full
of the principal and interest on the Notes, the Certificateholders will succeed
to the rights of the Noteholders with respect to removal of the Servicer.
SELLER LIABILITY
Under the Trust Agreement and the Indenture, the Seller will be liable to
injured parties only to the extent specified therein.
TERMINATION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
The respective obligations of the Seller, the Servicer, NMAC (so long as
NMAC has rights or obligations thereunder), the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee, as the case may be, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement will
terminate upon the earliest of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last
Receivable and the final disposition of all amounts received upon liquidation of
any remaining Receivables and (ii) the election by the Servicer to purchase the
corpus of the Trust as described in "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Optional Purchase" in this Prospectus Supplement and the payment
or distribution to Securityholders of all amounts required to be paid to them
under the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.
DUTIES OF THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
The Owner Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Trust Agreement, the Certificates (other than the
authentication of the Certificates), the Notes or of any Receivables or related
documents and is not accountable for the use or application by the Seller or the
Servicer of any funds paid to the Seller or the Servicer in respect of the
Notes, the Certificates or the Receivables, or the investment of any monies by
the Servicer before those monies are deposited into the Collection Account. The
Owner Trustee will not independently verify the Receivables. The Owner Trustee
is required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the
Trust Agreement. In addition to making distributions to the Certificateholders,
those duties generally are limited to the receipt of the various certificates,
reports or other instruments required to be furnished to the Owner Trustee under
the Trust Agreement, in which case it will only be required to examine them to
determine whether they conform on their face to the requirements of the Trust
Agreement.
The Owner Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by the Trust Agreement or to make any investigation of
matters arising under the Trust Agreement or to institute, conduct or defend any
litigation under the Trust Agreement or in relation thereto at the request,
order or direction of any of the Certificateholders, unless those
Certificateholders have offered to the Owner Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by
the Owner Trustee in connection with the exercise of those rights.
S-38
<PAGE> 39
The Indenture Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Indenture, the Certificates, the Notes (other than
authentication of the Notes) or of any Receivables or related documents, and is
not accountable for the use or application by the Seller or the Servicer of any
funds paid to the Seller or the Servicer in respect of the Notes, the
Certificates or the Receivables, or the investment of any monies by the Servicer
before those monies are deposited into the Collection Account. The Indenture
Trustee will not independently verify the Receivables. The Indenture Trustee is
required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the
Indenture. In addition to making distributions to the Noteholders, those duties
generally are limited to the receipt of the various certificates, reports or
other instruments required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture, in which case it will only be required to examine them to determine
whether they conform on their face to the requirements of the Indenture.
The Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture or to make any investigation of
matters arising under the Indenture or to institute, conduct or defend any
litigation under the Indenture or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the Noteholders, unless those Noteholders have offered to
the Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Indenture Trustee in
connection with the exercise of those rights. No Noteholder will have any right
under the Indenture to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture
unless that Noteholder previously has given to the Indenture Trustee written
notice of the Event of Default and (1) the Event of Default arises from the
Servicer's failure to remit payments when due or (2) the holders of the Notes
evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests of the Notes, acting
together as a single class, have made written request upon the Indenture Trustee
to institute that proceeding in its own name as the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture and have offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity and the
Indenture Trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute that
proceeding.
LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS
Three or more Noteholders or one or more Noteholder evidencing not less
than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, by
written request to the Indenture Trustee, obtain access to the list of all
Noteholders maintained by the Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating
with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under
the Notes. However, the Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting
Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if the Indenture Trustee agrees to
mail the desired communication or proxy, on behalf of and at the expense of the
requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders.
THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
Wilmington Trust Company will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement. As a matter of Delaware law, the Trust will be viewed as a separate
legal entity, distinct from the Owner Trustee, and the Trust will be viewed as
the issuer of the Certificates. Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National
Association, will be the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and any of their respective affiliates may hold
Certificates in their own names or as pledgees.
For the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of some jurisdictions,
the Servicer and the Owner Trustee or the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, in
each case acting jointly (or in some instances, the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee acting alone), will have the power to appoint co-trustees or
separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event of an
appointment of co-trustees or separate trustees, all rights, powers, duties and
obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee by the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement or the Indenture Trustee by the
Indenture will be conferred or imposed upon the
S-39
<PAGE> 40
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee and each of their respective separate
trustees or co-trustees jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform
specified acts, singly upon that separate trustee or co-trustee who will
exercise and perform those rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the
direction of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.
The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in
which event the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor thereto. The
Administrator may also remove the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee if
either ceases to be eligible to continue as trustee under the Trust Agreement or
the Indenture, as the case may be, becomes legally unable to act or becomes
insolvent. In those circumstances, the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a
successor Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable. Any resignation or
removal of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a
successor thereto will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor.
The Trust Agreement will provide that the Servicer will pay the fees of the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in connection with their duties under
the Trust Agreement and Indenture, respectively. The Trust Agreement and
Indenture will further provide that the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee
will be entitled to indemnification by NMAC for, and will be held harmless
against, any loss, liability, fee, disbursement or expense incurred by the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee not resulting from its own willful misfeasance,
bad faith or negligence (other than by reason of a breach of any of its
representations or warranties set forth in the Trust Agreement or the Indenture,
as the case may be). The Trust Agreement and the Indenture will further provide
that the Servicer will indemnify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for
specified taxes that may be asserted in connection with the transaction.
MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
In the opinion of O'Melveny & Myers LLP, tax counsel to the Trust, for
federal income tax purposes, the Notes will be characterized as debt, and the
Trust will not be characterized as an association (or a publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation.
For federal income and California income and franchise tax purposes, the
Trust will be disregarded as an entity separate from the Seller. As a result,
the Trust's assets will be treated as assets of the Seller, and all income,
deductions and other tax items therefrom will be treated as tax items of the
Seller.
See the discussion under "Material Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Treatment
of Owner Trusts" in the accompanying Prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The Notes may, in general, be purchased by or on behalf of Benefit Plans.
Although no assurances can be given in this regard, the Notes should be treated
as "debt" and not as "equity interests" for purposes of the Plan Assets
Regulation because the Notes:
1. are expected to be treated as indebtedness under local law; and
2. should not be deemed to have any "substantial equity features."
However, the acquisition and holding of Notes of any class by or on behalf
of a Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction
under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code if the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, the Seller, any Certificateholder or any of
their respective affiliates, is or becomes a "party in interest" or a
"disqualified person" (as defined in ERISA and the Code, respectively) with
respect to such
S-40
<PAGE> 41
Benefit Plan. In such case, certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction
rules could be applicable to such acquisition and holding by a Benefit Plan
depending on the type and circumstances of the Benefit Plan fiduciary making the
decision to acquire a Note. In addition, a fiduciary of a Benefit Plan must
determine that the purchase of a Note is consistent with its fiduciary duties
under ERISA or any similar applicable law. For additional information regarding
the treatment of the Notes under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the
accompanying Prospectus.
S-41
<PAGE> 42
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Seller has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below (collectively, the "Underwriters"), and each of the
Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, the principal amount of Notes set
forth opposite its name below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
UNDERWRITERS OF CLASS A-1 NOTES OF CLASS A-2 NOTES OF CLASS A-3 NOTES OF CLASS A-4 NOTES
------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Chase Securities Inc..... $ 54,000,000 $ 60,668,000 $ 81,000,000 $ 37,168,000
J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc.................... $ 54,000,000 $ 60,666,000 $ 81,000,000 $ 37,166,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith
Incorporated........... $ 54,000,000 $ 60,666,000 $ 81,000,000 $ 37,166,000
Total.......... $162,000,000 $182,000,000 $243,000,000 $111,500,000
</TABLE>
In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase all of
the Notes if any of the Notes are purchased. This obligation of the Underwriters
is subject to specified conditions precedent set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement. The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose
initially to offer the Notes to the public at the prices set forth on the cover
of this Prospectus Supplement, and to specified dealers at that price less the
initial concession not in excess of 0.080% of the principal amount of the Notes
per Class A-1 Note, 0.120% per Class A-2 Note, 0.135% per Class A-3 Note, and
0.150% per Class A-4 Note. The Underwriters may allow, and those dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of 0.065% per Class A-1 Note, 0.100% per
Class A-2 Note, 0.115% per Class A-3 Note, and 0.120% per Class A-4 Note to some
other dealers. After the initial public offering of the Notes, the public
offering price and those concessions may be changed.
The Seller and NMAC have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or to contribute to payments which the Underwriters may be required
to make in respect thereof. However, in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, certain indemnification provisions for liability arising
under the federal securities law are contrary to public policy and therefore
unenforceable. In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, the
Underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged and may engage in
investment banking and/or commercial banking transactions with Nissan and its
affiliates.
The Notes are new issues of securities with no established trading markets.
The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters that they intend to make a
market in the Notes of each class, in each case as permitted by applicable laws
and regulations. The Underwriters are not obligated, however, to make a market
in the Notes of any class, and that market-making may be discontinued at any
time without notice at the sole discretion of the Underwriters. Accordingly, no
assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or trading markets for, the Notes
of any class.
The Trust may, from time to time, invest funds in the Accounts in Eligible
Investments acquired from the Underwriters.
NMAC or its affiliates may apply all or any portion of the net proceeds of
the sale of the Receivables to the Seller to the repayment of debt, including
"warehouse" debt secured by Receivables and/or to repurchase Receivables sold
into a receivables purchase facility. One or more of the Underwriters (or (i)
their respective affiliates or (ii) entities for which their respective
affiliates act as administrator and/or provide liquidity lines) may have acted
as a "warehouse" lender or purchaser to NMAC or its affiliates, and may receive
a portion of such proceeds as repayment of such "warehouse" debt or as
repurchase proceeds.
S-42
<PAGE> 43
In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Underwriters may engage
in overallotment, stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions
in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. Overallotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which
creates a short position for the Underwriters. Stabilizing transactions involve
bids to purchase the Notes in the open market for the purpose of pegging, fixing
or maintaining the price of the Notes. Syndicate covering transactions involve
purchases of the Notes in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover short positions. Stabilizing transactions and
syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the Notes to be higher
than it would otherwise be in the absence of those transactions. If the
Underwriters engage in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions, they may
discontinue them at any time.
Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
generally requires trades in the secondary market to settle in three business
days, unless the parties to such trade expressly agree otherwise. Because
delivery of Notes to purchasers hereunder will settle more than three business
days after the date hereof, purchasers hereunder who wish to trade notes in the
secondary market on the date hereof will be required to specify an alternative
settlement cycle with their secondary purchasers to prevent a failed settlement
of the secondary purchase. Purchasers hereunder who wish to make such secondary
trades on the date hereof should consult their own advisors.
LEGAL OPINIONS
In addition to the legal opinions described in the accompanying Prospectus,
legal matters relating to the Notes and federal income tax and California state
income tax and other matters will be passed upon for the Trust by O'Melveny &
Myers LLP, and certain matters relating to the issuance of the Notes will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett.
S-43
<PAGE> 44
INDEX OF TERMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
ABS.................................. S-21
ABS Table............................ S-21
Administrative Purchase Payments..... S-29
Advance.............................. S-35
Allocable Principal.................. S-29
APR.................................. S-14
Available Amounts.................... S-29
Available Interest................... S-29
Available Principal.................. S-29
Base Servicing Fee................... S-36
Business Day......................... S-26
Certificateholders................... S-30
Certificateholders' Distributable
Amount............................. S-31
Certificateholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount............... S-31
Certificateholders' Percentage....... S-31
Certificateholders' Principal
Distributable Amount............... S-31
Certificates......................... S-12
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg....... A-1
Closing Date......................... S-13
Collection Period.................... S-35
Cut-off Date......................... S-13
Dealer Recourse...................... S-12
Dealers.............................. S-13
Defaulted Receivable................. S-30
Determination Date................... S-29
Distribution Date.................... S-26
Eligible Investments................. S-35
Excess Amount........................ S-30
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.... S-18
Financed Vehicles.................... S-13
Global Securities.................... A-1
Indenture Trustee.................... S-13
Interest Period...................... S-27
Interest Rate........................ S-26
Liquidated Receivable................ S-30
Net Liquidation Proceeds............. S-29
Nissan............................... S-25
NMAC................................. S-12
Non-U.S. Person...................... A-4
Note Factor.......................... S-25
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Noteholders.......................... S-27
Noteholders' Distributable Amount.... S-32
Noteholders' Interest Carryover
Shortfall.......................... S-32
Noteholders' Interest Distributable
Amount............................. S-32
Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount............... S-32
Noteholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount............... S-32
Noteholders' Percentage.............. S-32
Noteholders' Principal Carryover
Shortfall.......................... S-32
Noteholders' Principal Distributable
Amount............................. S-32
Notes................................ S-27
Obligors............................. S-13
Owner Trustee........................ S-12
Pool Balance......................... S-25
Pool Factor.......................... S-25
Receivables.......................... S-13
Redemption Price..................... S-37
Required Rate........................ S-36
Required Yield Supplement Amount..... S-36
Reserve Account...................... S-33
Reserve Account Initial Deposit...... S-33
Sale and Servicing Agreement......... S-12
Seller............................... S-12
Servicer............................. S-12
Servicer Default..................... S-26
Servicing Rate....................... S-35
Specified Reserve Account Balance.... S-33
Supplemental Servicing Fee........... S-36
Total Servicing Fee.................. S-36
Transfer and Servicing Agreements.... S-34
Trust................................ S-12
Trust Agreement...................... S-12
Underwriters......................... S-42
Underwriting Agreement............... S-42
Warranty Purchase Payments........... S-29
Yield Supplement Account............. S-36
Yield Supplement Deposit............. S-36
Yield Supplemented Receivables....... S-36
</TABLE>
S-44
<PAGE> 45
ANNEX A
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in specified circumstances, the globally offered Notes (the "Global
Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global
Securities may hold those Global Securities through DTC, Clearstream Banking
societe anonyme ("Clearstream Banking Luxembourg") or Euroclear Systems
("Euroclear"). The Global Securities will be tradable as home market instruments
in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all
secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through Clearstream Banking Luxembourg and Euroclear will be conducted in the
ordinary way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and
in accordance with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., three calendar day
settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedure applicable to
U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior asset-backed securities issues.
Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or
Euroclear and DTC Participants holding securities will be effected on a
delivery-against-payment basis through the depositaries of Clearstream Banking
Luxembourg and Euroclear (in that capacity) and as DTC Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless those holders meet specified requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream Banking Luxembourg
and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their
depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in accounts as DTC
Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
DTC settlement practice. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited
with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Clearstream
Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures
applicable to conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary
global security and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be
credited to securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment
in same-day funds.
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
A-1
<PAGE> 46
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior
asset-backed securities issues in same-day funds.
Trading between Clearstream Banking Luxembourg and/or Euroclear
Participants. Secondary market trading between Clearstream Banking Luxembourg
Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled using the procedures
applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC Seller and Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear
Participants. When Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a
DTC Participant to the account of a Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant
or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will send instructions to Clearstream
Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear through a Clearstream Banking Luxembourg
Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to
settlement. Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear will instruct the
respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Securities
against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities
from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement
date, on the basis of the actual number of days in that accrual period and a
year assumed to consist of 360 days. For transactions settling on the 31st of
the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day
of the following month. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary
to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global Securities.
After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be credited to
the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with
its usual procedures, to the Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's account. The securities credit will appear the next day
(European time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on
the Global Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the
preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream
Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the
actual settlement date.
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participants and Euroclear Participants will
need to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to
process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to
preposition funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of
credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream Banking
Luxembourg or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure
to Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear until the Global Securities are
credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear has
extended a line of credit to them, Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participants
or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that
credit line to be drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure,
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing
Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they clear
the overdraft when the Global Securities are credited to their accounts.
However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date.
Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned
during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of
those overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Clearstream
Banking Luxembourg Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of
funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective European Depositary for the benefit of Clearstream Banking
Luxembourg Participants or Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be
available to the DTC seller on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC
Participants a cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade
between two DTC Participants.
A-2
<PAGE> 47
Trading between Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear Seller and DTC
Purchaser. Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream Banking
Luxembourg Participants and Euroclear Participants may employ their customary
procedures for transactions in which Global Securities are to be transferred by
the respective clearing system, through the respective Depositary, to a DTC
Participant. The seller will send instructions to Clearstream Banking Luxembourg
or Euroclear through a Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases,
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear will instruct the Relevant
Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global Securities to the DTC
Participant's account against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on
the Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment to and
excluding the settlement date on the basis of the actual number of days in that
accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days. For transactions
settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. The payment will then be
reflected in the account of the Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would be back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when
settlement occurred in New York). Should the Clearstream Banking Luxembourg
Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective
clearing system and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale
proceeds in its account, the back valuation will extinguish any overdraft
incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear
and that purchase Global Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg Participants or Euroclear Participants should
note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale side unless
affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be readily
available to eliminate this potential problem:
(1) borrowing through Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear for
one day (until the purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear accounts) in accordance with
the clearing system's customary procedures;
(2) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Clearstream Banking
Luxembourg or Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the
trade; or
(3) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at
least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Clearstream
Banking Luxembourg Participant or Euroclear Participant.
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through
Clearstream Banking Luxembourg or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an
address outside the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that
generally applies to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on
registered debt issued by U.S. Persons (as defined in the accompanying
Prospectus), unless (1) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between that beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax
A-3
<PAGE> 48
complies with applicable certification requirements and (2) that beneficial
owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax
rate:
Exemption for Non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8BEN). Beneficial owners of Global
Securities that are Non-U.S. Persons generally can obtain a complete exemption
from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign
Status). If the information shown on Form W-8BEN changes, a new Form W-8BEN must
be filed within 30 days of that change.
Exemption for Non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
W-8ECI). A Non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, generally can obtain an exemption
from the withholding tax by filing Form W-8ECI (Certificate of Foreign Person's
Claim for Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with
the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States).
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form W-8BEN). Non-U.S. Persons residing in a country that has a tax treaty with
the United States generally can obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate
depending on the treaty terms by filing Form W-8BEN (claiming treaty benefits).
Form W-8BEN may be filed by the beneficial owners or their agents.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The beneficial owner of a
Global Security files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through
whom it holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on
the books of the clearing agency). A Form W-8BEN on which the beneficial owner
of a Global Security provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number generally
remains in effect until a change in circumstances causes any of the information
on the form to be incorrect. A Form W-8ECI and a Form W-8BEN on which a U.S.
taxpayer identification is not provided generally remain in effect for three
calendar years, absent a change in circumstances causing any information on the
form to be incorrect.
The term "Non-U.S. Person" means any person who is not a U.S. Person (as
defined in the accompanying Prospectus).
This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of Global Securities. It is
suggested that investors consult their tax advisors for specific tax advice
concerning their holding and disposing of Global Securities.
You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by
reference into this prospectus supplement or the prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to give you different information. We do not claim the
accuracy of the information in this prospectus supplement or the prospectus as
of any date other than the date stated on the cover page. We are not offering
the notes in any jurisdiction where it is not permitted.
A-4
<PAGE> 49
PROSPECTUS
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES TRUSTS
ASSET BACKED NOTES
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
SELLER
NISSAN MOTOR ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
SERVICER
THE TRUSTS:
1. A new trust will be formed to issue each series of securities.
2. Each trust will consist of:
- a pool of retail installment sales contracts secured by new, near-new or
used automobiles and light-duty trucks; and
- other assets specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.
THE SECURITIES:
1. will be asset-backed securities sold periodically in one or more series;
2. will be paid only from the assets of the related trust;
3. will be issued as part of a designated series that may include one or more
classes; and
4. will consist of:
- notes (which will be treated as indebtedness of the trust) and/or
- certificates (which will represent an undivided ownership interest in the
trust).
YOU SHOULD REVIEW CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING
ON PAGE 8 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS
PROSPECTUS OR THE APPLICABLE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The amounts, prices and terms of each offering of securities will be determined
at the time of sale and will be described in a prospectus supplement that will
be attached to this prospectus.
This prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series of securities only if
accompanied by the prospectus supplement for that series.
The date of this prospectus is August 25, 1999.
<PAGE> 50
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
We provide information to you about the securities in two separate
documents that progressively provide varying levels of detail: this prospectus,
which provides general information, some of which may not apply to a particular
series of securities including your series, and the accompanying prospectus
supplement, which will describe the specific terms of the offered securities.
We have started with several introductory sections describing the trust and
the securities in abbreviated form, followed by a more complete description of
the terms. The introductory sections are:
- Summary of Terms -- gives a brief introduction to the securities to be
offered; and
- Risk Factors -- describes briefly some of the risks to investors of a
purchase of the securities.
You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this
prospectus are defined under the caption "Index of Terms" beginning on page 76
in this prospectus.
Whenever we use words like "intends," anticipates" or "expects" or similar
words in this prospectus, we are making a forward-looking statement, or a
projection of what we think will happen in the future. Forward-looking
statements are inherently subject to a variety of circumstances, many of which
are beyond our control and could cause actual results to differ materially from
what we anticipate. Any forward-looking statements in this prospectus speak only
as of the date of this prospectus. We do not assume any responsibility to update
or review any forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus to reflect
any change in our expectation about the subject of that forward-looking
statement or to reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances on
which we have based any forward-looking statement.
The securities are not a suitable investment for any investor that requires
a regular or predictable schedule of payments or payment on specific dates. The
securities are complex investments. We suggest that only investors who, either
alone or with their financial, tax and legal advisors, have the expertise to
analyze the prepayment, reinvestment and default risks, the tax consequences of
the investment and the interaction of these factors should consider purchasing
the securities.
2
<PAGE> 51
SUMMARY OF TERMS
The following summary highlights selected information from this prospectus
and provides a general overview of relevant terms of the securities. You should
read carefully this entire document and the accompanying prospectus supplement
to understand all of the terms of the offering.
ISSUER The trust to be formed for each series of
securities. If the trust issues notes and
certificates, it will be formed by a trust
agreement between the seller and the trustee of the
trust. If the trust issues only certificates, it
will be formed by a pooling and servicing agreement
among the seller, the servicer and the trustee of
the trust.
SELLER Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation.
SERVICER Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation.
SECURITIES OFFERED Notes -- A series of securities may include one or
more classes of notes. Notes of a series will be
issued pursuant to an indenture.
Certificates -- Each series of securities will
include one or more classes of certificates,
whether or not a class of notes is issued as part
of the series. The applicable prospectus supplement
will describe the following:
1. if any notes are issued, the priority of
payments (a) between the notes and certificates
and (b) among different classes of notes; and
2. the priority of payments among different classes
of certificates.
Terms -- The terms of each class of notes and
certificates in a series described in the
applicable prospectus supplement will include the
following:
1. the stated principal amount of each class of
notes and the stated certificate balance of each
class of certificates; and
2. the interest rate (which may be fixed, variable,
adjustable or some combination of these rates)
or method of determining the interest rate.
A class of notes may differ from other classes of
notes and a class of certificates may differ from
other classes of certificates in one or more
aspects, including:
1. timing and priority of payments;
2. seniority;
3. allocations of losses;
4. interest rate or formula;
5. amount of interest or principal payments;
6. whether interest or principal will be payable to
holders of the class if specified events occur;
and
7. the right to receive collections from designated
portions of the receivables owned by the trust.
3
<PAGE> 52
THE RECEIVABLES Purchasers of Nissan and Infiniti cars and
light-duty trucks often finance their purchases by
entering into retail installment sales contracts
with Nissan and Infiniti dealers who then resell
the contracts to Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation, including its Infiniti Financial
Services division. These contracts are referred to
as "receivables," and the underlying vehicles are
referred to as the "financed vehicles." The
purchasers of the financed vehicles are referred to
as the "obligors." The terms of the contracts must
meet specified Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation
requirements.
On or before the date the securities of a series
are issued, Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation
will sell a specified amount of receivables to
Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation, the seller.
The seller will then sell those receivables to the
trust. The sale by the seller to the trust will be
documented under:
1. a pooling and servicing agreement among the
seller, the servicer and the trustee (if the
trust will be treated as a grantor trust for
federal income tax purposes); or
2. a sale and servicing agreement among the seller,
the servicer and the trust (if the trust will be
treated other than as a grantor trust for
federal income tax purposes).
The receivables to be sold by Nissan Motor
Acceptance Corporation to the seller and resold to
the trust will be selected based on criteria
specified in the pooling and servicing agreement or
the sale and servicing agreement, whichever is
applicable. These criteria will be described in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
THE TRUST PROPERTY The property of each trust:
1. will be described in the prospectus supplement;
2. will primarily be a pool of receivables secured
by new, near-new and used financed vehicles and
amounts due or collected under the receivables
on or after a specified cutoff date; and
3. will include related assets such as:
- security interests in the financed vehicles;
- proceeds from claims on related insurance
policies;
- the rights of the seller in rebates of
premiums and other amounts relating to
insurance policies and other items financed
under the receivables;
- the rights of the seller in the agreements
identified in the prospectus supplement; and
- amounts deposited in specified bank accounts.
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW
ENHANCEMENT The trusts may include features designed to provide
protection to one or more classes of securities.
These features are referred to as "credit
4
<PAGE> 53
enhancement." Credit enhancement may include any
one or more of the following:
1. subordination of one or more other classes of
securities;
2. one or more reserve accounts;
3. over-collateralization;
4. letters of credit or other credit facilities;
5. surety bonds;
6. guaranteed investment contracts;
7. repurchase obligations;
8. cash deposits; or
9. other agreements or arrangements providing for
other third party payments or other support.
In addition, the trusts may include features
designed to ensure the timely payment of amounts
owed to securityholders. These features may include
any one or more of the following:
1. yield supplement agreements;
2. liquidity facilities;
3. cash deposits; or
4. other agreements or arrangements providing for
other third party payments or other support.
The specific terms of any enhancement applicable to
a trust or to the securities issued by a trust will
be described in detail in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
SERVICING FEE Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation will service
the receivables. In that capacity, the servicer
will handle all collections, administer defaults
and delinquencies and otherwise service the
receivables. The trust will pay the servicer a
monthly fee equal to a percentage of the total
principal balance of the receivables at the
beginning of the preceding month specified in the
applicable prospectus supplement. The servicer will
also receive additional servicing compensation in
the form of investment earnings, late fees,
prepayment fees and other administrative fees and
expenses or similar charges received by the
servicer during that month.
ADVANCES The servicer will be obligated to advance to the
trust interest on the receivables that is due but
unpaid by the obligor. The servicer will not be
required to make any advance (other than the
advance of an interest shortfall arising from a
prepaid receivable) if it determines that it will
not be able to recover an advance from an obligor.
The trust will reimburse the servicer for those
advances from excess interest collections on the
related receivables. In addition, if a receivable
is liquidated or if a receivable becomes a
"defaulted
5
<PAGE> 54
receivable," the servicer will be reimbursed for
all outstanding advances from general collections
on the receivables.
You should refer to "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Advances" in this
prospectus for more detailed information on
advances and reimbursement of advances.
TRUSTEE The trustee for each series of securities will be
named in the prospectus supplement for that series.
INDENTURE TRUSTEE If the trust issues notes, the trustee for the
indenture pursuant to which the notes will be
issued will be named in the prospectus supplement
for that series.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE The servicer may redeem any outstanding securities
when the outstanding aggregate principal balance of
the receivables declines to 10% or below of the
original total principal balance of the receivables
as of the cutoff date.
You should refer to "Description of The Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Termination" in this
prospectus for more detailed information on the
optional purchase of securities.
TAX STATUS Grantor Trusts -- The applicable prospectus
supplement will specify whether a trust will be
treated as a grantor trust for federal income tax
purposes. If a trust is nominally referred to as a
"grantor trust" in the applicable prospectus
supplement, special tax counsel to the trust will
be required to deliver an opinion that:
1. the trust will be treated as a grantor trust for
federal income and California franchise and
income tax purposes; and
2. the trust will not be subject to federal income
tax or California franchise and income tax.
Owner Trusts -- If the trust is nominally referred
to as an "owner trust" in the applicable prospectus
supplement, special tax counsel to the trust will
be required to deliver an opinion for federal
income tax purposes and California income and
franchise tax purposes:
1. as to the characterization as debt of the notes
issued by the trust; and
2. that the trust will not be characterized as an
association (or a publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation.
If a trust is nominally referred to as an "owner
trust" in the applicable prospectus supplement:
1. by purchasing a note, you will be agreeing to
treat the note as indebtedness for tax purposes;
and
2. by purchasing a certificate, you will be
agreeing to treat the trust as a partnership in
which you are a partner for federal income tax
purposes and California income and franchise tax
purposes.
Applicable taxing authorities could impose
alternative tax characterizations of the trust and
the certificates. However, these characterizations
6
<PAGE> 55
generally will not result in material adverse tax
consequences to securityholders.
You should refer to "Material Income Tax
Consequences" in this prospectus and the applicable
prospectus supplement for more detailed information
on the application of federal and California tax
laws.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS Notes -- Notes will generally be eligible for
purchase by employee benefit plans.
Unsubordinated Grantor Trust
Certificates -- Certificates of a class issued by a
grantor trust that are not subordinated to any
other class will generally be eligible for purchase
by employee benefit plans.
Other Certificates -- Subordinated classes of
certificates issued by a grantor trust and
certificates issued by owner trusts will not be
eligible for purchase by an employee benefit plan
or individual retirement account.
You should refer to "ERISA Considerations" in this
prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement
for more detailed information regarding the ERISA
eligibility of any class of securities.
7
<PAGE> 56
RISK FACTORS
You should consider the following risk factors and the risks described in
the section captioned "Risk Factors" in the applicable prospectus supplement in
deciding whether to purchase securities of any class.
YOU MUST RELY FOR REPAYMENT
ONLY
UPON PAYMENTS FROM THE
TRUST'S
ASSETS WHICH MAY NOT BE
SUFFICIENT
TO MAKE FULL PAYMENTS ON
YOUR
SECURITIES. The securities represent interests solely in the
trust or indebtedness of the trust and will not be
insured or guaranteed by Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation (the servicer), Nissan Auto Receivables
Corporation (the seller), or any of their
respective affiliates, or the related trustee or
any other person or entity other than the trust.
The only source of payment on your securities are
payments received on the receivables and, if and to
the extent available, any credit enhancement for
the trust, including amounts on deposit in the
reserve account or subordination spread account
established for that trust. However, although funds
in the reserve account or subordination spread
account will be available to cover shortfalls in
distributions of interest on and principal of your
securities, funds to be deposited in this account
are limited. If the funds in this account are
exhausted, your securities will be paid solely from
current distributions on the receivables. See
"Subordination; Reserve Account" or "Subordination;
Subordination Spread Account" in the applicable
prospectus supplement. In limited circumstances,
the trust will also have access to the funds in the
yield supplement account. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Yield
Supplement Account; Yield Supplement Agreement" in
this prospectus.
The indenture authorizes the indenture trustee to
sell the receivables following an acceleration of
the maturity dates of the notes if the sale meets
requirements set forth in the indenture. However,
the amount received by the indenture trustee upon
selling the receivables may be less than the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes
and certificates. In that circumstance, the
principal amount of the notes and the balance of
the certificates will not be paid in full.
YOU MAY EXPERIENCE REDUCED
RETURNS ON YOUR INVESTMENT
RESULTING FROM PREPAYMENTS,
REPURCHASES OR EARLY
TERMINATION
OF THE TRUST. You may receive payment of principal on your
securities earlier than you expected for the
reasons set forth below. You may not be able to
reinvest the principal paid to you earlier than you
expected at a rate of return that is equal to or
greater than the rate of return on your securities.
Prepayments on the receivables by the related
obligors and purchases of the receivables by the
seller and the servicer will shorten the life of
the securities to an extent that cannot be fully
predicted.
The seller will be required to repurchase
receivables from the trust if there is a breach of
the representations and warranties relating to
those receivables that materially adversely affects
those receivables. Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation, as servicer, will also be required to
purchase receivables from the trust if it breaches
its servicing obligations with respect to those
receivables. The servicer also will be entitled to
purchase all remaining receivables from the trust
once the aggregate principal balance of the
receivables is 10% or less of the initial aggregate
principal balance of the receivables on the related
cutoff date.
8
<PAGE> 57
Further, the receivables included in the trust may
be prepaid, in full or in part, voluntarily or as a
result of defaults, theft of or damage to the
related vehicles or for other reasons. The rate of
prepayments on the receivables may be influenced by
a variety of economic, social and other factors in
addition to those described above. The servicer has
limited historical experience with respect to
prepayments on receivables. In addition, the
servicer is not aware of publicly available
industry statistics that detail the prepayment
experience for contracts similar to the
receivables. For these reasons, the servicer cannot
predict the actual prepayment rates for the
receivables. You will bear all reinvestment risk
resulting from prepayments on the receivables and
the corresponding acceleration of payments on the
securities.
The final payment of each class of securities is
expected to occur prior to its scheduled final
payment date because of the prepayment and purchase
considerations described above. If sufficient funds
are not available to pay any class of notes in full
on its scheduled final payment date, an event of
default will occur and final payment of that class
of notes may occur later than that date.
INTERESTS OF OTHER PERSONS
IN THE
RECEIVABLES AND FINANCED
VEHICLES
COULD BE SUPERIOR TO THE
TRUST'S
INTEREST, WHICH MAY RESULT
IN
REDUCED PAYMENTS ON YOUR
SECURITIES. Another person could acquire an interest in a
receivable that is superior to the trust's interest
in that receivable because the receivables will not
be segregated or marked as belonging to the trust.
The seller will cause financing statements to be
filed with the appropriate governmental authorities
to perfect the trust's interest in the receivables.
However, the servicer will continue to hold the
receivables. If another party purchases (or takes a
security interest in) one or more receivables for
new value in the ordinary course of business and
obtains possession of those receivables without
actual knowledge of the trust's interest because of
the failure to segregate or mark those receivables,
the new purchaser (or secured party) will acquire
an interest in those receivables superior to the
interest of the trust.
Another person could acquire an interest in a
vehicle financed by a receivable that is superior
to the trust's interest in the vehicle because of
the failure to identify the trust as the secured
party on the related certificate of title. While
Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation, as originator,
will assign its security interest in the financed
vehicles to the seller, and the seller will assign
to the trust its security interests in the financed
vehicles, the servicer will continue to hold the
certificates of title or ownership for the
vehicles. However, for administrative reasons, the
servicer will not endorse or otherwise amend the
certificates of title or ownership to identify the
trust as the new secured party. Because the trust
will not be identified as the secured party on any
certificates of title or ownership, the security
interest of the trust in the vehicles may be
defeated through fraud, forgery, negligence or
error and as a result the trust may not have a
perfected security interest in the financed
vehicles in every state.
The possibility that the trust may not have a
perfected security interest in the financed
vehicles may affect the trust's ability to
repossess and sell the financed vehicles or may
limit the amount realized to less than the amount
due by the related obligors. Therefore, you may be
subject
9
<PAGE> 58
to delays in payment and may incur losses on your
investment in the securities as a result of
defaults or delinquencies by obligors and because
of depreciation in the value of the related
financed vehicles. See "Material Legal Aspects of
the Receivables -- Security Interests" in this
prospectus.
RECEIVABLES THAT FAIL TO
COMPLY
WITH CONSUMER PROTECTION
LAWS
MAY BE UNENFORCEABLE, WHICH
MAY
RESULT IN LOSSES ON YOUR
INVESTMENT. Many federal and state consumer protection laws
regulate consumer contracts such as the
receivables. If any of the receivables do not
comply with one or more of these laws, the servicer
may be prevented from or delayed in collecting
amounts due on the receivables. If that happens,
payments on the securities could be delayed or
reduced. Each of Nissan Auto Receivables
Corporation and Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation
will make representations and warranties relating
to the receivables' compliance with law and the
trust's ability to enforce the contracts. If Nissan
Auto Receivables Corporation or Nissan Motor
Acceptance Corporation breaches any of these
representations or warranties, the trust's sole
remedy will be to require Nissan Auto Receivables
Corporation to repurchase the affected receivables.
See "Material Legal Aspects of the
Receivables -- Consumer Protection Laws" in this
prospectus.
BANKRUPTCY OF NISSAN MOTOR
ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
(SERVICER) OR NISSAN AUTO
RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
(SELLER) COULD RESULT IN
LOSSES OR
DELAYS IN PAYMENTS ON YOUR
SECURITIES. If Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation, the
servicer, or Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation,
the seller, becomes subject to bankruptcy
proceedings, you could experience losses or delays
in the payments on your securities. Nissan Motor
Acceptance Corporation will sell the receivables to
Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation, and Nissan
Auto Receivables Corporation will in turn transfer
the receivables to the trust. However, if Nissan
Motor Acceptance Corporation or Nissan Auto
Receivables Corporation becomes subject to a
bankruptcy proceeding, the court in the bankruptcy
proceeding could conclude that Nissan Motor
Acceptance Corporation or Nissan Auto Receivables
Corporation still owns the receivables by
concluding that the sale to the seller or the trust
was not a "true sale" or, in the case of a
bankruptcy of Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation,
that the seller should be consolidated with Nissan
Motor Acceptance Corporation for bankruptcy
purposes. If a court were to reach this conclusion,
you could experience losses or delays in payments
on the securities as a result of, among other
things:
1. the "automatic stay," which prevents secured
creditors from exercising remedies against a
debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the
court and provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
that permit substitution for collateral in
limited circumstances;
2. tax or government liens on Nissan Motor
Acceptance Corporation's or Nissan Auto
Receivables Corporation's property (that arose
prior to the transfer of a receivable to the
trust) having a prior claim on collections
before the collections are used to make payments
on your securities; and
3. the trust not having a perfected security
interest in (a) one or more of the financed
vehicles securing the receivables or (b) any
cash collections held by Nissan Motor Acceptance
Corporation at
10
<PAGE> 59
the time Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation
becomes the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding.
The seller will take steps in structuring each
transaction described in this prospectus and the
applicable prospectus supplement to minimize the
risk that a court would consolidate the seller with
Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation for bankruptcy
purposes or conclude that the sale of receivables
to the seller or the trust was not a "true sale."
See "Material Legal Aspects of the
Receivables -- Material Bankruptcy Considerations"
in this prospectus.
PROCEEDS OF THE SALE OF
RECEIVABLES
MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO
PAY YOUR
SECURITIES IN FULL; FAILURE
TO PAY
PRINCIPAL ON YOUR NOTES
WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT
UNTIL MATURITY. If so directed by the holders of the requisite
percentage of outstanding notes of a series,
following an acceleration of the notes upon an
event of default, the indenture trustee will sell
the receivables owned by the trust only in limited
circumstances. However, there is no assurance that
the market value of those receivables will at any
time be equal to or greater than the aggregate
principal amount of the notes or the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes and the
aggregate principal balance of the certificates.
Therefore, upon an event of default, there can be
no assurance that sufficient funds will be
available to repay you in full. In addition, the
amount of principal required to be paid to the
noteholders will generally be limited to amounts
available in the collection account (and the
reserve account or subordination spread account, if
any). Therefore, the failure to pay principal of
your notes generally will not result in the
occurrence of an event of default until the final
scheduled distribution date for your notes. See
"The Notes -- The Indenture -- Events of Default;
Rights Upon Event of Default" in this prospectus.
11
<PAGE> 60
FORMATION OF THE TRUSTS
Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation (the "Seller") will establish each
trust (each, a "Trust") pursuant to a Trust Agreement (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Trust Agreement") or a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement (as amended from time to time, the "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement"), as applicable.
The terms of each series of notes (the "Notes") or certificates (the
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") issued by each
Trust (the "Issuer"), and additional information concerning the assets of each
issuer and any applicable credit enhancement will be set forth in a supplement
to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement").
PROPERTY OF THE TRUSTS
The property of each Trust will consist of a pool (each, a "Receivables
Pool") of retail installment sale contracts originated on or after the date
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, between Nissan and Infiniti
dealers (the "Dealers") and retail purchasers (the "Obligors"). These contracts
are referred to as the "Receivables" and evidence the indirect financing made
available by Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation ("NMAC") to the Obligors. The
Receivables are secured by new, near-new and used Nissan and Infiniti
automobiles and light-duty trucks (the "Financed Vehicles") and all principal
and interest payments made on or after the applicable cutoff date (each, a
"Cutoff Date") and other property, all as specified in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. "Near-new" automobiles and light-duty trucks are pre-owned Nissan
and Infiniti vehicles that are not greater than three model-years old as of the
contract origination year. "New" vehicles may include "demonstration" vehicles,
which are not titled in some states and may be classified as new vehicles in
those states.
The Receivables were originated by Dealers in accordance with NMAC's
requirements under agreements with Dealers governing the assignment of the
Receivables to NMAC, including its Infiniti Financial Services division (the
"Dealer Agreements"). NMAC will purchase the Receivables of each Receivables
Pool in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Dealer Agreements.
On or before the date of the initial issuance of any series of Securities
(each, a "Closing Date"), NMAC will sell the Receivables comprising the related
Receivables Pool to the Seller, and the Seller will sell those Receivables to
the Trust pursuant to, if the trust is to be treated other than as a grantor
trust for federal income tax purposes, the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
among the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust (as amended and supplemented from
time to time, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement") or, if the Trust is to be
treated as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes, the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. NMAC will continue to service the Receivables.
In addition to the Receivables, the property of each Trust will also
include the following:
1. amounts that may be held in separate trust accounts established and
maintained by the Servicer with the Trustee pursuant to the related Sale
and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement;
2. security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any related property;
3. the rights to proceeds from claims on physical damage, credit life and
disability insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the
Obligors;
4. NMAC's right to receive payments from Dealers pursuant to repurchase by
the Dealers of Receivables which do not meet specified representations
made by the Dealers ("Dealer Recourse");
12
<PAGE> 61
5. the Seller's right under, as applicable, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement
and the Yield Supplement Agreement, if any;
6. the Seller's right to realize upon any property (including the right to
receive future net liquidation proceeds) that secured a Receivable;
7. the Seller's right in rebates of premiums and other amounts relating to
insurance policies and other items financed under the Receivables in
effect as of the related Cutoff Date; and
8. all proceeds of the foregoing.
Various forms of credit enhancement may be used to benefit holders of the
related Securities, including a Reserve Account. In limited circumstances, a
Trust will also have access to the funds in the Yield Supplement Account. The
property of each Trust will not include amounts on deposit from time to time in
any Yield Supplement Account or Reserve Account.
THE RECEIVABLES
NMAC purchased the Receivables from the Dealers in the ordinary course of
business in accordance with NMAC's underwriting standards. The Receivables to be
held by each Trust will be randomly selected from those automobile and/or
light-duty truck retail installment sales contracts in NMAC's portfolio that
meet several criteria. The Seller will not use selection procedures adverse to
Securityholders when selecting the Receivables from qualifying retail
installment sale contracts. These criteria provide that each Receivable:
1. was originated in the United States;
2. provides for level monthly payments which provide interest at the annual
percentage rate ("APR") and fully amortize the amount financed over an
original term to maturity no greater than the specified number of months
set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement;
3. is attributable to the purchase of a new, near-new or used automobile or
light-duty truck and is secured by that vehicle; and
4. satisfies the other criteria, if any, set forth in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.
All of the Receivables are simple interest contracts. In general, under a
simple interest contract, as payments are received they are applied first to pay
accrued interest, second, to pay principal until the principal balance is
brought current, and third, to reduce any unpaid late charges or associated fees
as provided in the Receivable. Any remaining amounts are then applied to reduce
the remaining principal balance of the Receivable.
Because interest accrues daily throughout each payment period, if an
Obligor pays the fixed monthly installment in advance of the due date, the
portion of the payment allocable to interest for that payment period will be
less than it would be if the payment were made on the due date. Similarly, the
portion of that monthly payment allocable to principal will be correspondingly
greater. Conversely, if the Obligor pays the fixed monthly installment after its
due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for that payment
period will be greater than it would be if the payment were made on the due
date, and the portion of the payment allocable to principal will be
correspondingly smaller. Accordingly, the timing and amount of prior payments
will determine the amount of the scheduled final monthly payment.
UNDERWRITING OF MOTOR VEHICLE LOANS
NMAC purchases automobile and light-duty truck retail installment sales
contracts from approximately 1,240 Dealers located throughout the United States,
including the District of Columbia, and in
13
<PAGE> 62
Guam. These contracts are underwritten using NMAC's standard underwriting
procedures. The Receivables are originated by Dealers in accordance with NMAC's
requirements under existing Dealer Agreements and will be purchased in
accordance with NMAC's underwriting procedures which emphasize, among other
factors, the applicant's willingness and ability to pay and the value of the
vehicle to be financed.
The Seller requires that applications received from Dealers be signed by
the applicant and contain, among other information, the applicant's name,
address, social security number, residential status, source and amount of
monthly income and amount of monthly rent or mortgage payment. Upon receipt of
the above information, NMAC obtains a credit report from an independent credit
bureau reporting agency.
NMAC's credit decision is influenced by, among other things, the
applicant's credit score as obtained from a statistically derived empirical
credit scoring process. The credit scoring process considers credit bureau,
application and contract information. The credit scoring process also takes into
account debt ratios, such as car payment to income and total debt payments to
total income, residential status, monthly mortgage or rent payment, bank
accounts and other personal information. NMAC makes its final credit decision
based upon the degree of credit risk perceived and the amount of credit
requested.
NMAC uses risk-based pricing which includes a tiered system of interest
rates and loan-to-value ratios representing the varying degrees of risk assigned
to different ranges of credit risk. If NMAC considers an Obligor to be
relatively less credit worthy (and, as a result, a greater risk), NMAC will
assign the Obligor a higher interest rate and a lower permissible loan-to-value
ratio.
NMAC's retail contract requires that Obligors maintain specific levels and
types of insurance coverage to protect the Financed Vehicle against loss. NMAC
requires Obligors to provide evidence of insurance at the time of purchase, but
performs no subsequent verification of continued coverage. NMAC will not be
obligated to make payments to a Trust for any loss when third party insurance
has not been maintained.
SERVICING OF THE RECEIVABLES
NMAC considers a receivable to be past due when the Obligor fails to make a
payment by the due date and delinquent when a payment is 15 days past due. If a
payment is delinquent, NMAC will soon thereafter mail notices and initiate
telephone contacts requesting payment. If the delinquent receivable cannot be
brought current or completely collected within 60 to 90 days, NMAC generally
attempts to repossess the vehicle. NMAC holds repossessed vehicles in inventory
to comply with any applicable statutory requirements for reinstatement and then
sells those vehicles. Any deficiencies remaining after repossession and sale of
the vehicle or after the full charge-off of the receivable are pursued by or on
behalf of NMAC to the extent practicable and legally permitted. See "Material
Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds."
NMAC attempts to contact Obligors and establish and monitor repayment schedules
until the deficiencies are either paid in full or become impractical to pursue.
USE OF PROCEEDS
Each Trust will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities of a
given series to purchase Receivables from the Seller. The Seller will use the
net proceeds it receives from any Trust to purchase Receivables from NMAC.
THE TRUSTEE
The trustee for each Trust (the "Trustee") or the trustee under any
Indenture pursuant to which Notes are issued (the "Indenture Trustee") will be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Trustee's or the
Indenture Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the
related
14
<PAGE> 63
Securities is limited solely to the express obligations of that Trustee or
Indenture Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement, Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Indenture, as applicable. A
Trustee or Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the
Servicer, or its successor, will be obligated to appoint a successor thereto.
The Administrator of a Trust that is not a grantor trust may also remove a
Trustee or Indenture Trustee that becomes insolvent or otherwise ceases to be
eligible to continue in that capacity under the related Trust Agreement, Sale
and Servicing Agreement or Indenture, as applicable. The Servicer for a Trust
that is a grantor trust may remove a Trustee that becomes insolvent or otherwise
ceases to be eligible to continue in that capacity under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. In those circumstances, the Servicer or, in the case of a
series that includes Notes, the Administrator, as the case may be, will be
obligated to appoint a successor thereto. Any resignation or removal of a
Trustee or Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor.
THE SELLER
The Seller is a wholly owned subsidiary of NMAC and was incorporated in the
State of Delaware on August 5, 1991. The Seller was organized for limited
purposes, which include purchasing receivables from NMAC and transferring those
receivables to third parties. The Seller's certificate of incorporation limits
the activities of the Seller to the foregoing purposes. The Seller has no
substantial assets other than those related to those activities. The principal
executive offices of the Seller are located at 990 W. 190th Street, Torrance,
California 90502 and its telephone number is (310) 719-8013.
THE SERVICER
Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation ("NMAC" or the "Servicer") was
incorporated in California in November of 1981 and began operations in February
of 1982. NMAC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nissan North America, Inc.
("NNA"), the primary distributor of Nissan vehicles in the continental United
States. NNA is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd., a
Japanese corporation ("Nissan"), which is a worldwide manufacturer and
distributor of motor vehicles, industrial equipment and aerospace products.
NMAC provides indirect automotive consumer loan and lease financing and
direct dealer financing, through (and to) approximately 1,090 Nissan and 150
Infiniti Dealers in the United States. NMAC's underwriting, servicing and
collection activities are conducted principally at a processing center in
Dallas, Texas.
The principal executive offices of the Servicer are located at 990 W. 190th
Street, Torrance, California 90502 and its telephone number is (310) 719-8000.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR SECURITIES
The Trust -- The Trustee will provide to securityholders
("Securityholders") (which shall be Cede & Co. ("Cede") as the nominee of DTC
unless definitive Securities are issued under the limited circumstances
described in this Prospectus) unaudited monthly and annual reports concerning
the Receivables and other specified matters. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Statements to Securityholders" and "-- Evidence as
to Compliance" in this Prospectus. Copies of these reports may be obtained at no
charge at the offices specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
The Seller -- Nissan Auto Receivables Corporation, as Seller of the
Receivables, has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a
registration statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") of which this Prospectus forms a
part. The Registration Statement is available for inspection without charge at
the
15
<PAGE> 64
public reference facilities maintained at the principal office of the SEC at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
regional offices of the SEC at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC's
reference room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. You may obtain copies of
those materials at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports,
registration statements, proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Copies of the operative agreements relating to the Securities will also be
filed with the SEC.
DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES
Information concerning NMAC's experience pertaining to delinquencies,
repossessions and net losses on its portfolio of new, near-new and used retail
automobile and light-duty truck receivables (including receivables previously
sold that NMAC continues to service) will be set forth in each Prospectus
Supplement. There can be no assurance that the delinquency, repossession and net
loss experience on any Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior experience
or to the information in any Prospectus Supplement.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
The weighted average life of the Securities of any series will generally be
influenced by the rate at which the principal balances of the related
Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled amortization
or prepayments. For this purpose, the term "prepayments" includes prepayments in
full, partial prepayments (including those related to rebates of extended
warranty contract costs and insurance premiums), liquidations due to default as
well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability
insurance policies. The rate of principal payment of the Securities may also be
affected by (1) repurchase by the Servicer or the Seller for Receivables as to
which an uncured breach of specified representations and warranties or specified
servicing covenants has occurred and (2) exercise by the Servicer or the Seller
of its right to purchase all of the assets of the Trust at its option under the
circumstances described in this Prospectus, thereby triggering a redemption of
the Securities. The term "weighted average life" means the average amount of
time during which each dollar of principal of a Receivable is outstanding. All
of the Receivables will be prepayable at any time without penalty to the
Obligor. The rate of prepayment of automotive receivables is influenced by a
variety of economic, social and other factors, including that an Obligor
generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing the related
Receivable without the consent of the Servicer.
In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the
amount of principal payments to be made on the Securities of a given series on
each Distribution Date, since the amount of principal payments will depend, in
part, on the amount of principal collected on the related Receivables Pool
during the applicable Collection Period. No prediction can be made as to the
actual prepayment experience on the Receivables, and any reinvestment risks
resulting from a faster or slower rate of prepayment of Receivables will be
borne entirely by the Securityholders of a given series. See "Risk
Factors -- You may experience reduced returns on your investment resulting from
prepayments, repurchases or early termination of the trust" in this Prospectus.
The applicable Prospectus Supplement may set forth additional information
regarding the maturity and prepayment considerations applicable to the
particular Receivables Pool and the related series of Securities.
16
<PAGE> 65
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION
The "Note Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit decimal
which the Servicer will compute prior to each payment with respect to that class
of Notes. The Note Factor represents the remaining outstanding principal amount
of that class of Notes, as of the close of business on the last day of the
applicable Collection Period, as a fraction of the initial outstanding principal
amount of that class of Notes. The "Certificate Factor" for each class of
Certificates will be a seven-digit decimal which the Servicer will compute prior
to each payment with respect to that class of Certificates indicating the
remaining Certificate Balance of that class of Certificates, as of the close of
business on the last day of the applicable Collection Period, as a fraction of
the Original Certificate Balance of that class of Certificates. The "Certificate
Balance" for any class of Certificates as of any Distribution Date will equal
the Original Certificate Balance of that class, as reduced by all amounts
distributed on or prior to that Distribution Date on that class of Certificates
and allocable to principal. The "Original Certificate Balance" for each class of
Certificates will be stated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Each Note Factor and each Certificate Factor will initially be 1.0000000
and thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal
amount of the applicable class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate
Balance of the applicable class of Certificates, as the case may be. A
Noteholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
related class of Notes is the product of (1) the original denomination of that
Noteholder's Note and (2) the applicable Note Factor. A Certificateholder's
portion of the aggregate outstanding Certificate Balance for the related class
of Certificates is the product of (1) the original denomination of that
Certificateholder's Certificate and (2) the applicable Certificate Factor.
The "Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit
decimal figure which the Servicer will compute prior to each payment with
respect to that class of Notes indicating the remaining outstanding principal
amount of that class of Notes, as of the close of business on the last day of
the applicable Collection Period, as a fraction of the Pool Balance as of the
related Cutoff Date. The "Certificate Pool Factor" for each class of
Certificates will be a seven-digit decimal figure which the Servicer will
compute prior to each payment with respect to that class of Notes indicating the
remaining Certificate Balance of that class of Certificates, as of the close of
business on the last day of the applicable Collection Period, as a fraction of
the Pool Balance as of the related Cutoff Date.
The Securityholders will receive monthly reports concerning payments
received on the Receivables, the Pool Balance, each Certificate Factor or Note
Factor, as applicable, each Certificate Pool Factor or Note Factor, as
applicable, and various other items of information.
17
<PAGE> 66
THE NOTES
GENERAL
With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, one or more classes (each, a
"class") of Notes of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of
an indenture (the "Indenture"). A form of the Indenture has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The
following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and
the Indenture.
Each class of Notes will initially be represented by one or more Notes, in
each case registered in the name of the nominee of DTC, except as set forth
below. Notes will be available for purchase in the denominations specified in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement in book-entry form only. The Seller has
been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede, unless another nominee is
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, that nominee is
expected to be the holder of record of the Notes (a "Noteholder") of each class.
No Noteholder will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a
Note until Definitive Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described
in this Prospectus or in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. All references in
this Prospectus and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement to actions by
Noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its
participating organizations (the "DTC Participants") and all references in this
Prospectus and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement to payments, notices,
reports and statements to Noteholders refer to payments, notices, reports and
statements to DTC or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Notes, for
distribution to Noteholders in accordance with DTC's procedures. See "Material
Information Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and
"-- Definitive Securities."
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES
The applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe the timing and priority
of payment, seniority, allocations of losses, interest rate (the "Interest
Rate") and amount of or method of determining payments of principal and interest
on each class of Notes of a given series. The rights of holders of any class of
Notes to receive payments of principal and interest may be senior or subordinate
to the rights of holders of any other class or classes of Notes of that series.
Payments of interest on the Notes will generally be made prior to payments of
principal. A series may include one or more classes of Notes (the "Strip Notes")
entitled to (1) principal payments with disproportionate, nominal or no interest
payments or (2) interest payments with disproportionate, nominal or no principal
payments. Each class of Notes may have a different Interest Rate, which may be a
fixed, variable or adjustable Interest Rate (and which may be zero for some
classes of Strip Notes), or any combination of the foregoing. The applicable
Prospectus Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each class of Notes of
a given series or the method for determining the Interest Rate. See also
"Material Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" and
"-- Floating Rate Securities." One or more classes of Notes of a series may be
redeemable in whole or in part, including as a result of the Servicer or the
Seller exercising its option to purchase the related Receivables Pool or other
early termination of the related trust.
One or more classes of Notes of a given series may have fixed principal
payment schedules, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement. Noteholders of those Notes would be entitled to receive
as payments of principal on any given Distribution Date the amounts set forth on
that schedule with respect to those Notes.
Payments of interest to Noteholders of all classes within a series will
have the same priority. Under some circumstances, on any Distribution Date the
amount available for those payments could be less than the amount of interest
payable on the Notes. If this is the case, each class of Noteholders will
receive its ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to
that class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount of interest available for
payment on the Notes. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Distributions on the Securities" and "-- Credit and Cash Flow
Enhancement."
18
<PAGE> 67
If a series of Notes includes two or more classes of Notes, the sequential
order and priority of payment in respect of principal and interest, and any
schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the determination thereof,
of each of those classes will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. Payments of principal and interest of any class of Notes will be
made on a pro rata basis among all the Noteholders of that class.
THE INDENTURE
Modification of Indenture. If a Trust has issued Notes pursuant to an
Indenture, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may, with the consent of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding Notes of the related series (or
relevant class or classes of Notes of such series), execute a supplemental
indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate any provisions
of, the related Indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any manner
the rights of the related Noteholders.
Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding affected Note, no
supplemental indenture will:
1. change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on
that Note or reduce the principal amount of that Note, the Interest Rate
for that Note or the redemption price for that Note or change any place
of payment where or the coin or currency in which that Note or any
interest on that Note is payable;
2. impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of specified
provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment;
3. reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes
of that series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is
required for any waiver of compliance with specified provisions of the
related Indenture or of specified defaults and their consequences as
provided for in that Indenture;
4. modify or alter the provisions of the related Indenture regarding the
voting of Notes held by the applicable Trust, any other obligor on those
Notes, the Seller or an affiliate of any of them;
5. reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of those
Notes, the consent of the holders of which is required to direct the
related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Receivables if the
proceeds of that sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount
of and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes of that
series;
6. reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
required to amend the sections of the related Indenture that specify the
applicable percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of that
series necessary to amend that Indenture or other specified agreements;
or
7. permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the
lien of the related Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for
those Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in that
Indenture, terminate the lien of that Indenture on any of the collateral
or deprive the holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien
of that Indenture.
The Trust and the applicable Indenture Trustee may also enter into
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders of the
related series, for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the related
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of those Noteholders;
provided that that action will not materially and adversely affect the interest
of any of those Noteholders.
19
<PAGE> 68
Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. With respect to the Notes
of a given series, "Events of Default" under the related Indenture will consist
of:
1. a default for five days or more in the payment of any interest on any of
those Notes when the same becomes due and payable;
2. a default in the payment of the principal of or any installment of the
principal of any of those Notes when the same becomes due and payable;
3. a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement
of the applicable Trust made in the related Indenture and the
continuation of the default for a period of 90 days after notice thereof
is given to that Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to that
Trust and that Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of those Notes then outstanding acting together as a
single class;
4. any representation or warranty made by that Trust in the related
Indenture or in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in
connection therewith having been incorrect in a material respect as of
the time made, and the breach not having been cured within 30 days after
notice thereof is given to that Trust by the applicable Indenture
Trustee or to that Trust and that Indenture Trustee by the holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding acting
together as a single class; or
5. events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the
applicable Trust.
However, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders of that
series under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts
available to be deposited in the Collection Account. Therefore, the failure to
pay any principal on any class of Notes generally will not result in the
occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled Distribution Date
for that class of Notes. In addition, as described below, following the
occurrence of an Event of Default (other than the events of default described in
(1) and (2) above) and acceleration of the maturity of the Notes, the Indenture
Trustee is not required to sell the assets of the Trust, and the Indenture
Trustee may sell the assets of the Trust only after meeting requirements
specified in the Indenture. In that case, even if the maturity of the Notes has
been accelerated, there may not be any funds to pay principal of the Notes.
If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the
Notes of any series, the related Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (or relevant class or classes of
Notes) may declare the principal of the Notes to be immediately due and payable.
This declaration may, under some circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (or relevant class or
classes of Notes).
If the Notes of any series are due and payable following an Event of
Default with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may institute
proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust property, exercise
remedies as a secured party, sell the related Receivables or elect to have the
applicable Trust maintain possession of those Receivables and continue to apply
collections on those Receivables as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration. However, the Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the
related Receivables following an Event of Default (other than the events of
default described in (1) and (2) above), unless:
1. the holders of all outstanding Notes (or relevant class or classes of
Notes) consent to the sale;
2. the proceeds of the sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal of
and the accrued interest on all outstanding Notes at the date of the
sale; or
3. the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Receivables
may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the
outstanding Notes as those payments would have become due if the
obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture
Trustee
20
<PAGE> 69
obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding amount of all Notes (or relevant class or classes of Notes).
Subject to the provisions of the applicable Indenture relating to the
duties of the related Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing with respect to a series of Notes, the Indenture Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request or direction of any of the holders of those Notes, if the
Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified
against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in
complying with the request. Subject to the provisions for indemnification and
other limitations contained in the related Indenture, the holders of a majority
of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a given series (or relevant
class or classes of Notes of such series) will have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to
the applicable Indenture Trustee, and the holders of a majority of the principal
amount of those Notes then outstanding (or relevant class or classes of Notes)
may, in some cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a default in
the deposit of collections or other required amounts, any required payment from
amounts held in any trust account in respect of amounts due on the Notes,
payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes.
No holder of a Note of any series will have the right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the related Indenture, unless:
1. that holder of a Note or Notes previously has given to the applicable
Indenture Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
2. the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes of that series (or relevant class or classes of Notes) have
requested in writing the Indenture Trustee to institute the proceeding
in its own name as Indenture Trustee;
3. that holder or holders of Notes have offered the Indenture Trustee
reasonable indemnity;
4. the Indenture Trustee has for 60 days failed to institute the
proceeding; and
5. no direction inconsistent with that written request has been given to
the Indenture Trustee during the 60-day period by the holders of a
majority in principal amount of those outstanding Notes (or relevant
class or classes of Notes).
In addition, each Indenture Trustee and the related Noteholders, by
accepting the related Notes, will covenant that they will not at any time
institute against the applicable Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other
proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor the
related Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate
representing an ownership interest in that Trust nor any of their respective
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates,
successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the
contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest
on the related Notes or for the agreements of that Trust contained in the
applicable Indenture.
Material Covenants. Each Indenture will provide that the related Trust may
not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless, among other things,
1. the entity formed by or surviving the consolidation or merger is
organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District
of Columbia;
2. that entity expressly assumes that Trust's obligation to make due and
punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and the
performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of that Trust
under the Indenture;
21
<PAGE> 70
3. no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately
after the merger or consolidation;
4. that Trust has been advised that the rating of the Securities of that
series then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn by the rating
agencies then rating the Notes as a result of the merger or
consolidation; and
5. that Trust has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax consequence
to the Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder.
Each Trust will not, among other things,
1. except as expressly permitted by the applicable Indenture, the
applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreements or other specified
documents with respect to that Trust (collectively, the "Related
Documents"), sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the
assets of that Trust;
2. claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal of and
interest payable on the Notes of the related series (other than amounts
withheld under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim
against any present or former holder of those Notes because of the
payment of taxes levied or assessed upon that Trust;
3. except as expressly permitted by the Related Documents, dissolve or
liquidate in whole or in part;
4. permit the validity or effectiveness of the related Indenture to be
impaired or permit any person to be released from any covenants or
obligations with respect to those Notes under that Indenture except as
may be expressly permitted by that Indenture; or
5. permit any lien or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or
otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of that Trust or any part
thereof, or any interest in the assets of that Trust or the proceeds of
those assets.
No Trust may engage in any activity other than as specified in this
Prospectus or in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. No Trust will incur,
assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant
to the related Notes and the related Indenture, pursuant to any Advances made to
it by the Servicer or otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.
Annual Compliance Statement. Each Trust will be required to file annually
with the related Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of
its obligations under the Indenture.
Indenture Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee for each Trust
will be required to mail each year to all related Noteholders a brief report
relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee
under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the
amount, interest rate and maturity date of specified indebtedness owing by that
Trust to the applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, the
property and funds physically held by that Indenture Trustee and any action
taken by it that materially affects the related Notes and that has not been
previously reported.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. An Indenture will be discharged
with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon the delivery to
the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all of those Notes or, with
specified limitations, upon deposit with that Indenture Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.
22
<PAGE> 71
THE CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
With respect to each Trust that issues Certificates, one or more classes
(each, a "class") of Certificates of the related series will be issued pursuant
to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form
of each of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus forms a part. The following summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all the provisions of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable.
Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the
Seller, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or more
Certificates registered in the name of the nominee for DTC, except as set forth
below. Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the
Seller, the Certificates will be available for purchase in the denominations
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement in book-entry form only. The
Seller has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede, unless another
nominee is specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, that
nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Certificates (a
"Certificateholder") of any series that are not purchased by the Seller. No
Certificateholder (other than the Issuer) will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing a Certificate until Definitive Certificates are issued
under the limited circumstances described in this Prospectus or in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. All references in this Prospectus and in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement to actions by Certificateholders refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions from the DTC Participants and all
references in this Prospectus and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders refer to
distributions, notices, reports and statements given, made or sent to DTC or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of the Certificates, for
distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with
respect thereto. See "Material Information Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities." Any
Certificates of a given series owned by the Seller or its affiliates will be
entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the applicable Trust
Agreement, except that those Certificates will be deemed not to be outstanding
for the purpose of determining whether the requisite percentage of
Certificateholders have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or other action under the Related Documents (other than the
commencement by the related Trust of a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Insolvency Event").
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
The timing and priority of payments, seniority, allocations of losses, pass
through rate (the "Pass Through Rate") and amount of or method of determining
payments with respect to principal and interest of each class of Certificates
will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Payments of interest
on those Certificates will be made on the dates specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Distribution Date"). To the extent provided in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one or more classes
of Certificates (the "Strip Certificates") entitled to (1) payments in respect
of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments or (2)
interest payments with disproportionate, nominal or no payments in respect of
principal. Each class of Certificates may have a different Pass Through Rate,
which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable Pass Through Rate (and which may be
zero for some classes of Strip Certificates) or any combination of the
foregoing. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass Through
Rate for each class of Certificates of a given series or the method for
determining the Pass Through Rate. See also "Material Information Regarding the
Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities." Payments
in respect of the Certificates of a given series that includes Notes may be
subordinate to payments in respect of the Notes of that series as more fully
described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The rights of holders of any
class of Certificates to receive payments of principal and interest may also be
senior or subordinate to
23
<PAGE> 72
the rights of holders of any other class or classes of Certificates of that
series as more fully described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Payments
in respect of principal of and interest on any class of Certificates will be
made on a pro rata basis among all the Certificateholders of that class.
In the case of a series of Certificates that includes two or more classes
of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
payments in respect of interest and principal, and any schedule or formula or
other provisions applicable to the determination thereof, of each class shall be
as set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
If and as provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, amounts
remaining on deposit in the Collection Account after all required payments to
the related Securityholders have been made may be released to the Seller, NMAC
or one or more third party credit or liquidity enhancement providers.
MATERIAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
FIXED RATE SECURITIES
Any class of Securities (other than some classes of Strip Notes or Strip
Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum ("Fixed Rate
Securities") or at a variable or adjustable rate per annum ("Floating Rate
Securities"), as more fully described below and in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. Each class of Fixed Rate Securities will bear interest at the
applicable per annum Interest Rate or Pass Through Rate, as the case may be,
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Interest on each class of
Fixed Rate Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months. See "The Notes -- Principal and Interest on the Notes"
and "The Certificates -- Payments of Principal and Interest."
FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
Each class of Floating Rate Securities will bear interest during each
applicable Interest Period at a rate per annum determined by reference to an
interest rate basis (the "Base Rate"), plus or minus the Spread, if any, or
multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
The "Spread" is the number of basis points to be added to or subtracted
from the related Base Rate applicable to the Floating Rate Securities. The
"Spread Multiplier" is the percentage of the related Base Rate applicable to the
Floating Rate Securities by which that Base Rate will be multiplied to determine
the applicable interest rate on those Floating Rate Securities. The applicable
Prospectus Supplement will designate one of the following Base Rates as
applicable to a given Floating Rate Security:
1. LIBOR (a "LIBOR Security");
2. the Commercial Paper Rate (a "Commercial Paper Rate Security");
3. the Treasury Rate (a "Treasury Rate Security");
4. the Federal Funds Rate (a "Federal Funds Rate Security");
5. the CD Rate (a "CD Rate Security"); or
6. any other Base Rate that is set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
24
<PAGE> 73
Each applicable Prospectus Supplement will specify whether the rate of
interest on the related Floating Rate Securities will be reset daily, weekly,
monthly, quarterly, semiannually, annually or some other specified period (each,
an "Interest Reset Period") and the dates on which that Interest Rate will be
reset (each, an "Interest Reset Date"). The Interest Reset Date will be, in the
case of Floating Rate Securities which reset:
1. daily, each Business Day;
2. weekly, the Wednesday of each week (with the exception of weekly reset
Treasury Rate Securities which will reset the Tuesday of each week);
3. monthly, the third Wednesday of each month;
4. quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December of
each year;
5. semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement; and
6. annually, the third Wednesday of the month specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.
If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Security would otherwise
be a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Reset Date will be postponed
to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a
Floating Rate Security as to which LIBOR is an applicable Base Rate, if that
Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, that Interest Reset
Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day. Unless specified otherwise
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, "Business Day" means a day other than a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, Wilmington, Delaware, or Los Angeles, California are
authorized or obligated by law, regulation, executive order or decree to be
closed. With respect to Notes as to which LIBOR is an applicable Base Rate, a
Business Day must also be a day that is a London Business Day. "London Business
Day" means any day (a) if the Index Currency is other than the Euro, on which
dealings in deposits in that Index Currency are transacted in the London
interbank market or (b) if the Index Currency is the Euro, a day on which the
Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System
("TARGET system") is open and on which commercial banks and foreign exchange
markets settle payments in London and New York.
If any Distribution Date for any Floating Rate Security (other than the
final Distribution Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day,
that Distribution Date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day
except that in the case of a Floating Rate Security as to which LIBOR is the
applicable Base Rate, if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar
month, that Distribution Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day. If
the final Distribution Date of a Floating Rate Security falls on a day that is
not a Business Day, the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest will
be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on that payment
shall accrue for the period from and after that final Distribution Date.
Each Floating Rate Security will accrue interest on an "Actual/360" basis,
an "Actual/Actual" basis, or a "30/360" basis, in each case as specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. For Floating Rate Securities calculated on an
Actual/360 basis and Actual/Actual basis, accrued interest for each Interest
Period will be calculated by multiplying:
1. the face amount of that Floating Rate Security;
2. the applicable interest rate; and
3. the actual number of days in the related Interest Period, and dividing
the resulting product by 360 or 365, as applicable (or, with respect to
an Actual/Actual basis Floating Rate Security, if any portion of the
related Interest Period falls in a leap year, the product of (1) and (2)
above will be multiplied by the sum of (x) the actual number of days in
that portion of that Interest Period
25
<PAGE> 74
falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (y) the actual number of days
in that portion of that Interest Period falling in a non-leap year
divided by 365).
For Floating Rate Securities calculated on a 30/360 basis, accrued interest
for an Interest Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months, irrespective of how many days are actually
in that Interest Period. With respect to any Floating Rate Security that accrues
interest on a 30/360 basis, if any Distribution Date, including the related
final Distribution Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the related
payment of principal or interest will be made on the next succeeding Business
Day as if made on the date that payment was due, and no interest will accrue on
the amount so payable for the period from and after that Distribution Date. The
"Interest Period" with respect to any class of Floating Rate Securities will be
set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
As specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Floating Rate
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (1) a maximum limitation, or ceiling,
on the rate at which interest may accrue during any Interest Period and (2) a
minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may accrue during
any Interest Period. In addition to any maximum interest rate that may be
applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest rate
applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no event be higher
than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be modified
by United States law of general application.
Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities will
be issued will appoint, and enter into agreements with, a calculation agent
(each, a "Calculation Agent") to calculate Interest Rates on each class of
Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto. The applicable Prospectus
Supplement will set forth the identity of the Calculation Agent for each class
of Floating Rate Securities of a given series, which may be the related Trustee
or Indenture Trustee with respect to that series. All determinations of interest
by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive
for all purposes and binding on the holders of Floating Rate Securities of a
given class. All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate
Securities will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all
dollar amounts used in or resulting from that calculation on Floating Rate
Securities will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded
upwards).
CD Rate Securities. Each CD Rate Security will bear interest for each
Interest Reset Period at an interest rate calculated with reference to the CD
Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in that Security and
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
The "CD Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the rate as of the
second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for that Interest Reset
Period (a "CD Rate Determination Date") for negotiable certificates of deposit
having the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement as
published in H.15(519) under the heading "CDs (Secondary Market)." If that rate
is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date
pertaining to that CD Rate Determination Date, then the "CD Rate" for that
Interest Reset Period will be the rate on that CD Rate Determination Date for
negotiable certificates of deposit of the Index Maturity designated in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement as published in Composite Quotations under the
heading "Certificates of Deposit." If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on that
Calculation Date that rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or Composite
Quotations, then the "CD Rate" for that Interest Reset Period will be calculated
by the Calculation Agent for that CD Rate Security and will be the arithmetic
mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on that CD Rate Determination Date, of three leading nonbank dealers in
negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in The City of New York selected
by the Calculation Agent for that CD Rate Security for negotiable certificates
of deposit of major United States money market banks with a remaining maturity
closest to the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in that
26
<PAGE> 75
market at that time; provided, however, that if the dealers selected as
aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in
this sentence, the "CD Rate" for that Interest Reset Period will be the same as
the CD Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.
"H.15(519)" means the publication entitled "Statistical Release H.15(519),
Selected Interest Rates," or any successor publication, published by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. "Composite Quotations" means the
daily statistical release entitled "Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S.
Government Securities" published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any CD Rate Determination Date shall
be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after that CD Rate
Determination Date or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day or (b) the Business Day preceding the applicable Distribution Date.
The "Index Maturity" is the period to maturity of the instrument or
obligation with respect to which the Base Rate will be calculated.
Commercial Paper Rate Securities. Each Commercial Paper Rate Security will
bear interest for each Interest Reset Period at an interest rate calculated with
reference to the Commercial Paper Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if
any, specified in that Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
The "Commercial Paper Rate" for each Interest Reset Period will be
determined by the Calculation Agent for that Commercial Paper Rate Security as
of the second Business Day prior to the Interest Reset Date for that Interest
Reset Period (a "Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date") and shall be the
Money Market Yield on that Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of the rate
for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System in H.15(519) under the heading "Commercial Paper -- Nonfinancial"
(with an Index Maturity of one month or three months being deemed to be
equivalent to an Index Maturity of 30 days or 90 days, respectively). If that
rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation
Date pertaining to that Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date, then the
"Commercial Paper Rate" for that Interest Reset Period shall be the Money Market
Yield on that Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of the rate for
commercial paper of the specified Index Maturity as published in Composite
Quotations under the heading "Commercial Paper -- Nonfinancial." If by 3:00
p.m., New York City time, on that Calculation Date that rate is not yet
published in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations, then the "Commercial
Paper Rate" for that Interest Reset Period shall be the Money Market Yield of
the arithmetic mean of the offered rates, as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
on that Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of three leading dealers of
commercial paper in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for
that Commercial Paper Rate Security for commercial paper of the specified Index
Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bonds are rated "AA" or the
equivalent by a nationally recognized rating agency; provided, however, that if
the dealers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting
offered rates as mentioned in this sentence, the "Commercial Paper Rate" for
that Interest Reset Period will be the same as the Commercial Paper Rate for the
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.
"Money Market Yield" means a yield (expressed as a percentage rounded
upwards to the nearest one hundredthousandth of a percentage point) calculated
in accordance with the following formula:
<TABLE>
<C> <S> <C>
D x 360
Money Market Yield = --------------- x 100
360 - (D x M)
</TABLE>
where "D" refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper
quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, and "M" refers to
the actual number of days in the Interest Period for which interest is being
calculated.
27
<PAGE> 76
The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Commercial Paper Rate
Determination Date shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day
after that Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date or, if that day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day or (b) the second Business Day
preceding the related Distribution Date.
Federal Funds Rate Securities. Each Federal Funds Rate Security will bear
interest for each Interest Reset Period at an interest rate calculated with
reference to the Federal Funds Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any,
specified in that Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
The "Federal Funds Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the
effective rate on the Interest Reset Date for that Interest Reset Period (a
"Federal Funds Rate Determination Date") for Federal Funds as published in
H.15(519) under the heading "Federal Funds (Effective)." If that rate is not
published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date
pertaining to that Federal Funds Rate Determination Date, the "Federal Funds
Rate" for that Interest Reset Period shall be the rate on that Federal Funds
Rate Determination Date as published in Composite Quotations under the heading
"Federal Funds/Effective Rate." If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on that
Calculation Date that rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or Composite
Quotations, then the "Federal Funds Rate" for that Interest Reset Period shall
be calculated by the Calculation Agent for that Federal Funds Rate Security and
will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight
United States dollar federal funds arranged by three leading brokers of federal
funds transactions in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent
prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on that Federal Funds Rate Interest
Determination Date; provided, however that if the brokers so selected by the
Calculation Agent are not quoting rates as mentioned in this sentence, the
Federal Funds Rate with respect to that Federal Funds Rate Interest
Determination Date will be the Federal Funds Rate in effect for the preceding
Interest Reset Period.
The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Federal Funds Rate Determination
Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.
LIBOR Securities. Each LIBOR Security will bear interest for each Interest
Reset Period at an interest rate calculated with reference to LIBOR and the
Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in that Security and in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
With respect to LIBOR indexed to the offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits, "LIBOR" for each Interest Reset Period will be determined by the
Calculation Agent for that LIBOR Security as follows:
1. On the second London Business Day prior to the Interest Reset Date for
that Interest Reset Period (a "LIBOR Determination Date"), the
Calculation Agent will determine the arithmetic mean of the offered
rates for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period of the Index Maturity
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as either (a) if
"LIBOR Bloomberg" is specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,
the arithmetic mean of the offered rates (unless the specified
Designated LIBOR Page by its terms provides only for a single rate, in
which case that single rate shall be used) for deposits in the Index
Currency having the Index Maturity designated in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, commencing on the second London Business Day
immediately following that LIBOR Determination Date, that appear on the
Designated LIBOR Page specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, if at
least two offered rates appear (unless, described above, only a single
rate is required) on that Designated LIBOR Page, or (b) if "LIBOR
Telerate" is specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the rate
for deposits in the Index Currency having the Index Maturity designated
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, commencing on the second London
Business Day immediately following that LIBOR Determination Date that
appears on the Designated LIBOR Page specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on that LIBOR
Determination Date. If fewer than two offered rates appear, LIBOR in
respect of the related LIBOR Determination Date will be determined as if
the parties had specified the rate described in clause (2) below.
28
<PAGE> 77
2. With respect to a LIBOR Determination Date on which fewer than two
offered rates appear, on the applicable Designated LIBOR Page as
specified in clause (1) above, the Calculation Agent will request the
principal London offices of each of four major reference banks in the
London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to
provide the Calculation Agent with their offered quotations for deposits
in the Index Currency for the period of the Index Maturity designated in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement, commencing on the second London
Business Day immediately following that LIBOR Determination Date, to
prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount
that is representative for a single transaction in that Index Currency
in that market at that time. If at least two of those quotations are
provided, LIBOR determined on that LIBOR Determination Date will be the
arithmetic mean of those quotations. If fewer than two quotations are
provided, LIBOR determined on that LIBOR Determination Date will be the
arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m. (or
another time specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement), in the
applicable Principal Financial Center, on that LIBOR Determination Date
by three major banks in that Principal Financial Center selected by the
Calculation Agent for loans in the Index Currency to leading European
banks, having the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement and in a principal amount that is representative for a single
transaction in that Index Currency in that market at that time;
provided, however, that if the banks so selected by the Calculation
Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR
determined on that LIBOR Determination Date will be LIBOR in effect for
the preceding Interest Reset Period.
"Index Currency" means the currency (including composite currencies)
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement as the currency for which
LIBOR shall be calculated. If no currency is specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, the Index Currency shall be U.S. dollars.
"Designated LIBOR Page" means either (1) if "LIBOR Bloomberg" is designated
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the display on Bloomberg on the page
designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (or another page that may
replace that designated page on that service for the purpose of displaying
London interbank rates of major banks) for the applicable Index Currency, or (2)
if "LIBOR Telerate" is designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
display on the Dow Jones Telerate Service on the page designated in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement (or another page that may replace that
designated page on that service or another service or services as may be
nominated by the British Bankers' Association for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for the related Index Currency) for the purpose
of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for the applicable Index
Currency. If neither LIBOR Bloomberg nor LIBOR Telerate is specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement, LIBOR for the applicable Index Currency will
be determined as if LIBOR Telerate (and, if the U.S. dollar is the Index
Currency, page 3750) had been specified.
"Principal Financial Center" will generally be the capital city of the
country of the specified Index Currency, except that with respect to U.S.
dollars, Deutsche marks, Canadian dollars, Australian dollars, Italian lira,
Swiss francs, Dutch guilders and Euros, the Principal Financial Center shall be
The City of New York, Frankfurt, Toronto, Sydney, Rome, Zurich, Amsterdam and
London, respectively.
Treasury Rate Securities. Each Treasury Rate Security will bear interest
for each Interest Reset Period at an interest rate calculated with reference to
the Treasury Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in that
Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement determined on the "Treasury
Rate Determination Date" specified in that Prospectus Supplement.
The "Treasury Rate" for each Interest Period will be the rate for the most
recent auction of direct obligations of the United States ("Treasury bills")
having the Index Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as
that rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the heading "U.S. Government
Securities -- Treasury bills -- auction average (investment)" or, if that rate
is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date
pertaining to that Treasury Rate Determination
29
<PAGE> 78
Date, the auction average rate (expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and applied on a daily basis) as
otherwise announced by the United States Department of the Treasury. In the
event that the results of the auction of Treasury bills having the specified
Index Maturity are not published or reported as provided above by 3:00 p.m., New
York City time, on that Calculation Date, or if that auction is not held in a
particular week, then the "Treasury Rate" for that Interest Reset Period will be
the rate published in H.15(510) under the heading "U.S. Government
Securities -- Treasury Bills -- Secondary Market" (expressed as a bond
equivalent yield on the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as applicable, on a
daily basis), or if not published by 3:00 p.m. New York City time, on the
related Calculation Date, the Treasury Rate will be calculated by the
Calculation Agent for that Treasury Rate Security and shall be the yield to
maturity (expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366
days, as applicable, and applied on a daily basis) of the arithmetic mean of the
secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time,
on that Treasury Rate Determination Date, of three leading primary United States
government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent for the issue of
Treasury bills with a remaining maturity closest to the specified Index
Maturity; provided, however, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by the
Calculation Agent are not quoting bid rates as mentioned in this sentence, then
the "Treasury Rate" for that Interest Reset Period will be the same as the
Treasury Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.
The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Treasury Rate Determination Date
shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after that Treasury
Rate Determination Date or, if that a day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding business day or (b) the second Business Day preceding the date any
payment is required to be made for any period following the applicable Interest
Reset Date.
INDEXED SECURITIES
To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, any class of
Securities of a given series may consist of Securities ("Indexed Securities") in
which the principal amount payable on the final Distribution Date for that class
(the "Indexed Principal Amount") and/or the interest payable on any Distribution
Date is determined by reference to a measure (the "Index") which will be related
to the exchange rates of one or more currencies or composite currencies (the
"Index Currencies"); the price or prices of specified commodities; or specified
stocks, which may be based on U.S. or foreign stocks, on specified dates
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, or another price, interest
rate, exchange rate or other financial index or indices as are described in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. Holders of Indexed Securities may receive a
principal amount on the related final Distribution Date that is greater than or
less than the face amount of the Indexed Securities depending upon the relative
value on the related final Distribution Date of the specified indexed item. The
applicable Prospectus Supplement will also contain information as to the method
for determining the principal amount payable on the related final Distribution
Date, if any, and, where applicable, historical information with respect to the
specific indexed item or items and special tax considerations associated with
investment in Indexed Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Prospectus, for purposes of determining the rights of a holder of a
Security indexed as to principal in respect of voting for or against amendments
to the related Trust Agreement, Indenture, or other related agreements, as the
case may be, and modifications and the waiver of rights under those agreements,
the principal amount of that Indexed Security shall be deemed to be the face
amount thereof upon issuance less any payments allocated to principal of that
Indexed Security.
If the determination of the Indexed Principal Amount of an Indexed Security
is based on an Index calculated or announced by a third party and that third
party either suspends the calculation or announcement of that Index or changes
the basis upon which that Index is calculated (other than changes consistent
with policies in effect at the time that Indexed Security was issued and
permitted changes described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement), then that
Index shall be calculated for purposes of that Indexed Security by an
independent calculation agent named in the applicable Prospectus Supplement on
the same basis, and subject to the same conditions and controls, as applied to
the original third party.
30
<PAGE> 79
If for any reason that Index cannot be calculated on the same basis and subject
to the same conditions and controls as applied to the original third party, then
the Indexed Principal Amount of that Indexed Security shall be calculated in the
manner set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Any determination of
that independent calculation agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
binding on all parties.
The applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe whether the principal
amount of the related Indexed Security, if any, that would be payable upon
redemption or repayment prior to the applicable final scheduled Distribution
Date will be the face amount of that Indexed Security, the Indexed Principal
Amount of that Indexed Security at the time of redemption or repayment or
another amount described in that Prospectus Supplement.
ISSUES RELATED TO YEAR 2000 DATE CONVERSION
DTC management has advised that DTC is aware that some computer
applications, systems and the like for processing data ("Systems") that are
dependent upon calendar dates, including dates before, on and after January 1,
2000, may encounter "Year 2000 problems." DTC has informed its DTC Participants
and other members of the financial community (the "Industry") that it has
developed and is implementing a program so that its Systems, as they relate to
timely payments (including principal and income payments) to Securityholders,
book-entry deliveries, and settlement of trades within DTC ("DTC Services"),
continue to function appropriately. This program includes a technical assessment
and a remediation plan, each of which is complete. Additionally, DTC's plan
includes a testing phase, which is expected to be completed within appropriate
time frames.
However, DTC's ability to perform its services properly is also dependent
upon other parties, including but not limited to issuers and their agents, as
well as DTC's direct and indirect participants and third party vendors from whom
DTC licenses software and hardware, and third party vendors on whom DTC relies
for information or the provision of services, including telecommunication and
electrical utility service providers, among others. DTC has informed the
Industry that it is contacting (and will continue to contact) third party
vendors from whom DTC acquires services to: (1) impress upon them the importance
of those services being Year 2000 compliant; and (2) determine the extent of
their efforts for Year 2000 remediation (and, as appropriate, testing) of their
services. In addition, DTC is in the process of developing those contingency
plans as it deems appropriate.
According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been
provided to the Industry for informational purposes only and is not intended to
serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
Each class of Securities offered by this Prospectus will be represented by
one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede, as nominee of the
Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). Securityholders may hold beneficial interests
in Securities through the DTC (in the United States) or Cedelbank ("Cedelbank")
or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") (in Europe or Asia) directly if they are
participants of those systems, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants in those systems.
No Securityholder will be entitled to receive a certificate representing
that person's interest in the Securities, except as set forth below. Unless and
until Securities of a class are issued in fully registered certificated form
("Definitive Securities") under the limited circumstances described below, all
references in this Prospectus to actions by Noteholders, Certificateholders or
Securityholders shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from DTC
Participants, and all references in this Prospectus to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to Noteholders, Certificateholders or Securityholders
shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to Cede, as the
registered holder of the Securities, for distribution to Securityholders in
accordance with DTC procedures. Therefore, it is anticipated that the
31
<PAGE> 80
only Noteholder, Certificateholder or Securityholder will be Cede, as nominee of
DTC. Securityholders will not be recognized by the related Trustee as
Noteholders, Certificateholders or Securityholders as those terms will be used
in the relevant agreements, and Securityholders will only be permitted to
exercise the rights of holders of Securities of the related class indirectly
through DTC and DTC Participants, as further described below.
Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their
participants through customers' securities accounts in their respective names on
the books of their respective depositaries (collectively, the "Depositaries")
which in turn will hold those positions in customers' securities accounts in the
Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedelbank or
Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in accordance with
DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by
its Depositary. However, each of these cross-market transactions will require
delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system
by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures
and within its established deadlines. The relevant European international
clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements,
deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action to effect final settlement
on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to DTC. Cedelbank Participants and Euroclear Participants
may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will
be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the
business day following the DTC settlement date. Those credits or any
transactions in those securities settled during that processing will be reported
to the relevant Euroclear or Cedelbank participant on that business day. Cash
received in Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of sales of Securities by or
through a Cedelbank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in
the relevant Cedelbank or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC.
DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"
within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing
agency" registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created
to hold securities for its participating members ("DTC Participants") and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between DTC
Participants through electronic book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers
and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations which may include
underwriters, agents or dealers with respect to the Securities of any class or
series. Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly
(the "Indirect DTC Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and DTC
Participants are on file with the SEC.
Securityholders that are not DTC Participants or Indirect DTC Participants
but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other
interests in, Securities may do so only through DTC Participants and Indirect
DTC Participants. DTC Participants will receive a credit for the Securities on
DTC's records. The ownership interest of each Securityholder will in turn be
recorded on respective records of the DTC Participants and Indirect DTC
Participants. Securityholders will not receive written confirmation from DTC of
their purchase, but Securityholders are expected to receive written
32
<PAGE> 81
confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic
statements of their holdings, from the DTC Participant or Indirect DTC
Participant through which the Securityholder entered into the transaction.
Transfers of ownership interests in the Securities of any class will be
accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC Participants acting on behalf
of Securityholders.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Securities deposited by DTC
Participants with DTC will be registered in the name of Cede, a nominee of DTC.
The deposit of Securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede
will effect no change in beneficial ownership. DTC will have no knowledge of the
actual Securityholders and its records will reflect only the identity of the DTC
Participants to whose accounts those Securities are credited, which may or may
not be the Securityholders. DTC Participants and Indirect DTC Participants will
remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their
customers. While the Securities of a series are held in book-entry form,
Securityholders will not have access to the list of Securityholders of that
series, which may impede the ability of Securityholders to communicate with each
other.
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to DTC Participants,
by DTC Participants to Indirect DTC Participants and by DTC Participants and
Indirect DTC Participants to Securityholders will be governed by arrangements
among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements that may be in
effect from time to time.
Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among DTC
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Securities and is
required to receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the
Securities. DTC Participants and Indirect DTC Participants with which
Securityholders have accounts with respect to the Securities similarly are
required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit those payments on
behalf of their respective Securityholders.
DTC's practice is to credit DTC Participants' accounts on each Distribution
Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on its records, unless
DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on that Distribution
Date. Payments by DTC Participants and Indirect DTC Participants to
Securityholders will be governed by standing instructions and customary
practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in
bearer form or registered in "street name", and will be the responsibility of
that DTC Participant and not of DTC, the related Indenture Trustee or Trustee
(or any paying agent appointed by the Indenture Trustee or Trustee), the Seller
or the Servicer, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements that may be
in effect from time to time. Payment of principal of and interest on each class
of Securities to DTC will be the responsibility of the related Indenture Trustee
or Trustee (or any paying agent), disbursement of those payments to DTC
Participants will be the responsibility of DTC and disbursement of those
payments to the related Securityholders will be the responsibility of DTC
Participants and Indirect DTC Participants. DTC will forward those payments to
its DTC Participants which thereafter will forward them to Indirect DTC
Participants or Securityholders.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect DTC Participants and some other banks, a Securityholder may
be limited in its ability to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do
not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to
those Securities due to the lack of a physical certificate for those Securities.
DTC has advised the Seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Securityholder only at the direction of one or more DTC Participants
to whose account with DTC the Securities are credited. Additionally, DTC has
advised the Seller that it will take those actions with respect to specified
percentages of the Securityholders' interest only at the direction of and on
behalf of DTC Participants whose holdings include undivided interests that
satisfy those specified percentages. DTC may take conflicting actions with
respect to other undivided interests to the extent that those actions are taken
on behalf of DTC Participants whose holdings include those undivided interests.
33
<PAGE> 82
Neither DTC nor Cede will consent or vote with respect to the Securities.
Under its usual procedures, DTC will mail an "Omnibus Proxy" to the related
Indenture Trustee or Trustee as soon as possible after any applicable record
date for that consent or vote. The Omnibus Proxy will assign Cede's consenting
or voting rights to those DTC Participants to whose accounts the related
Securities are credited on that record date (which record date will be
identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).
Cedelbank is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. Cedelbank holds securities for its participating organizations
("Cedelbank Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between Cedelbank Participants through electronic book
entry changes in accounts of Cedelbank Participants, thereby eliminating the
need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in
Cedelbank in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedelbank
provides to Cedelbank Participants, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedelbank interfaces with
domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedelbank
is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedelbank
Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, including
underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and other organizations and may include any underwriters, agents or
dealers with respect to any class or series of Securities offered by this
Prospectus. Indirect access to Cedelbank is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedelbank Participant, either directly or
indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of the
Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 27 currencies, including United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including
securities lending and borrowing, and interfaces with domestic markets in
several countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market
transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office (the "Euroclear
Operator" or "Euroclear"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System S.C.,
a Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are
conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance
accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator,
not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes policy for the Euroclear System
on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional
financial intermediaries and may include any underwriters, agents or dealers
with respect to any class or series of Securities offered by this Prospectus.
Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other firms that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,
either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. Therefore, it
is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawals of
securities and cash from the Euroclear System and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
34
<PAGE> 83
Payments with respect to Securities held through Cedelbank or Euroclear
will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its Depositary. Those payments will be subject to tax
withholding in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations.
See "Material Income Tax Consequences." Cedelbank or the Euroclear Operator, as
the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a
Securityholder on behalf of a Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant
only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its
Depositary's ability to effect those actions on its behalf through DTC.
Although DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of
DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform those procedures and those procedures may be discontinued at
any time.
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES
The Notes, if any, and the Certificates of a given series will be issued in
fully registered, certificated form ("Definitive Notes" and "Definitive
Certificates", respectively, and collectively referred to in this Prospectus as
"Definitive Securities") to Noteholders or Certificateholders or their
respective nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:
1. DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
responsibilities as depository with respect to those Securities and the
Seller, the Administrator or the Trustee is unable to locate a qualified
successor (and if it is the Seller or the Administrator that has made
that determination, the Seller or that Administrator so notifies the
applicable Trustee in writing);
2. the Seller or the Administrator or the Trustee, as applicable, at its
option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC; or
3. after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer Default with
respect to those Securities, holders representing at least a majority of
the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or the Certificates, as
the case may be, of that series, acting together as a single class,
advise the applicable Trustee through DTC in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto)
with respect to those Notes or Certificates is no longer in the best
interests of the holders of those Securities.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph, the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee will be required to
notify all applicable Securityholders of a given series through DTC Participants
of the availability of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the
definitive certificates representing the corresponding Securities and receipt of
instructions for re-registration, the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee
will reissue those Securities as Definitive Securities to those Securityholders.
Payments of principal of, and interest on, the Definitive Securities will
thereafter be made by the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the related Indenture or the related Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, directly to holders
of Definitive Securities in whose names the Definitive Securities were
registered at the close of business on the applicable record date specified for
those Securities in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Those payments will be
made by check mailed to the address of that holder as it appears on the register
maintained by the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee. The final payment on
any Definitive Security, however, will be made only upon presentation and
surrender of that Definitive Security at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final payment to the applicable Securityholders. The applicable
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee will provide that notice to the applicable
Securityholders not less than 15 nor more than 30 days prior to the date on
which the final payment is expected to occur.
35
<PAGE> 84
Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the applicable Trustee or of a registrar named in a notice delivered to
holders of Definitive Securities. No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the applicable Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
The following summary describes material terms of each Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement pursuant to which a Trust will
purchase Receivables from the Seller and the Servicer will agree to service
those Receivables, each Trust Agreement (or in the case of a grantor trust, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to which a Trust will be created and
Certificates will be issued and each Administration Agreement pursuant to which
NMAC will undertake specified administrative duties with respect to a Trust that
issues Notes (collectively, the "Transfer and Servicing Agreements"). Forms of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The provisions of
any of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may differ from those described in
this Prospectus and, if so, will be described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements.
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
On or prior to the Closing Date specified with respect to any given Trust
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (the "Closing Date"), NMAC will sell and
assign to the Seller, without recourse, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement"), its entire interest in the Receivables comprising the
related Receivables Pool, including the security interests in the Financed
Vehicles. On the Closing Date, the Seller will transfer and assign to the
applicable Trustee on behalf of the Trust, without recourse, pursuant to a Sale
and Servicing Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, its
entire interest in the Receivables comprising the related Receivables Pool,
including its security interests in the related Financed Vehicles. Each
Receivable will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement (a
"Schedule of Receivables"), but the existence and characteristics of the related
Receivables will not be verified by the related Trustee. The applicable Trustee
will, concurrently with the transfer and assignment, on behalf of the Trust,
execute and deliver the related Notes and/or Certificates. The net proceeds
received from the sale of the Certificates and the Notes of a given series will
be applied to the purchase of the related Receivables from the Seller and, to
the extent specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, to make any
required initial deposit into the Reserve Account and the Yield Supplement
Account, if any. The Seller will initially retain the most subordinated class of
Security of the related series.
NMAC, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, and the Seller, pursuant to a Sale
and Servicing Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, will represent and
warrant, among other things, that:
1. the information provided in the related Schedule of Receivables is true
and correct in all material respects;
2. the related Obligor on each Receivable is required to maintain physical
damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle in accordance with NMAC's
normal requirements;
3. as of the Closing Date, each of those Receivables is or will be secured
by a first priority perfected security interest in favor of NMAC in the
Financed Vehicle;
4. as of the Closing Date, the related Receivables are free and clear of
all security interests, liens, charges and encumbrances and no offsets,
defenses or counterclaims have been asserted or threatened;
36
<PAGE> 85
5. each related Receivable, at the time it was originated, complied and, as
of the Closing Date, complies in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws, including, consumer credit, truth-in-lending,
equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws; and
6. any other representations and warranties that may be set forth in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
As of the last day of the second (or, if the Seller so elects, the first)
Collection Period following the discovery by or notice to the Seller of a breach
of any representation or warranty of the Seller that materially and adversely
affects the interests of the related Securityholders in any Receivable (the
initial determination of a material adverse effect generally being made by the
Servicer), the Seller, unless the breach is cured, will repurchase that
Receivable (a "Warranty Receivable") from that Trust and, pursuant to the
related Purchase Agreement, NMAC will purchase that Warranty Receivable from the
Seller, at a price equal to the Warranty Purchase Payment for that Receivable.
The "Warranty Purchase Payment" will be equal to the amount required to be paid
by the related Obligor to prepay the Receivable (including interest accrued on
that Receivable through the due date for the Obligor's payment in the related
Collection Period at the applicable APR), after giving effect to the receipt of
any monies collected (from whatever source) on that Receivable, if any. This
repurchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to the
Securityholders or the Trust for any uncured breach by the Seller of those
representations and warranties (other than remedies that may be available under
federal securities laws or other laws). The obligation of the Seller to
repurchase a Receivable will not be conditioned on performance by NMAC of its
obligation to purchase that Receivable from the Seller pursuant to the related
Purchase Agreement.
Pursuant to each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Seller and each Trust will designate the Servicer as custodian to
maintain possession as that Trust's agent of the related installment sale
contracts and any other documents relating to the Receivables. To assure uniform
quality in servicing both the Receivables and the Servicer's own portfolio of
automobile and light-duty truck installment sales contracts, as well as to
facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, the documents evidencing
the Receivables will not be physically segregated from other automobile and
light-duty truck installment sales contracts of the Servicer, or those which the
Servicer services for others, or marked to reflect the transfer to the related
Trust as long as NMAC is servicing the Receivables. However, Uniform Commercial
Code ("UCC") financing statements reflecting the sale and assignment of the
Receivables by NMAC to the Seller and by the Seller to the applicable Trust will
be filed, and the respective accounting records and computer files of NMAC and
the Seller will reflect that sale and assignment. Because the Receivables will
remain in the Servicer's possession and will not be stamped or otherwise marked
to reflect the assignment to the Trustee, if a subsequent purchaser were able to
take physical possession of the Receivables without knowledge of the assignment,
the Trust's interest in the Receivables could be defeated. In addition, in some
cases, the Trustee's security interest in collections that have been received by
the Servicer but not yet remitted to the related Collection Account could be
defeated. See "Material Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Security Interests"
in this Prospectus.
ACCOUNTS
With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, the Servicer will establish
and maintain with the related Indenture Trustee one or more accounts (each, a
"Collection Account"), in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
related Securityholders, into which payments made on or with respect to the
related Receivables and amounts released from any Yield Supplement Account,
Reserve Account or other form of credit enhancement will be deposited for
payment to the related Securityholders. With respect to each Trust that does not
issue Notes, the Servicer will also establish and maintain a Collection Account
and any other Account in the name of the related Trustee on behalf of the
related Certificateholders.
Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including any
Yield Supplement Account or any Reserve Account, will be described in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
37
<PAGE> 86
For any series of Securities, funds in the related Collection Account, any
Yield Supplement Account, the Reserve Account and other accounts that may be
identified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the
"Accounts") will be invested as provided in the related Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible Investments. "Eligible
Investments" are generally limited to investments acceptable to the rating
agencies rating those Securities as being consistent with the rating of those
Securities (including obligations of the Servicer and its affiliates, to the
extent consistent with that rating). Except as described below, Eligible
Investments are limited to obligations or securities that mature on or before
the next Distribution Date for that series. However, to the extent permitted by
the rating agencies, funds in any Account (other than the Collection Account)
may be invested in obligations or securities that will not mature prior to the
date of the next payment with respect to those Certificates or Notes and will
not be sold to meet any shortfalls. Thus, the amount of cash in any Reserve
Account or the Yield Supplement Account at any time may be less than the balance
of the Reserve Account or the Yield Supplement Account, as the case may be. If
the amount required to be withdrawn from any Reserve Account or the Yield
Supplement Account to cover shortfalls in collections on the related Receivables
(as provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement) exceeds the amount of cash
in the Reserve Account or the Yield Supplement Account, as the case may be, a
temporary shortfall in the amounts paid to the related Noteholders or
Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the average life
of the Notes or the Certificates of that series. Investment earnings on funds
deposited in the Accounts, net of losses and investment expenses, shall be
released to the Servicer or the Seller on each Distribution Date and shall be
the property of the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be.
For each Trust, the Accounts will be maintained with the related Indenture
Trustee or the Trustee so long as:
1. the Indenture Trustee's or the Trustee's short-term unsecured debt
obligations have a rating of "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
and a rating of "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division
of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. (the "Required Deposit Rating"); or
2. each of those accounts is maintained in a segregated trust account in
the trust department of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee, as the
case may be.
If the short-term unsecured debt obligations of the related Indenture
Trustee or the Trustee, as the case may be, do not have the Required Deposit
Rating, then the Servicer shall, with the assistance of the Indenture Trustee or
the Trustee as may be necessary, cause each Account to be moved to (1) a bank
whose short-term unsecured debt obligations have the Required Deposit Rating or
(2) the trust department of the related Indenture Trustee or the Trustee.
SERVICING PROCEDURES
The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Receivables held by any Trust and will, consistent with the
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, follow
the collection procedures it follows with respect to comparable retail
installment sale contracts it services for itself.
The Servicer shall not:
1. change the amount of a Receivable;
2. reschedule the due date of any scheduled payment of a Receivable;
3. change the APR of a Receivable;
4. extend the due date for any payment on a Receivable; or
5. change the material terms of a Receivable.
38
<PAGE> 87
However, if a default, breach, violation, delinquency or event permitting
acceleration under the terms of any Receivable has occurred or, in the judgment
of the Servicer, is imminent, the Servicer may do the following:
1. extend the due date for any payment on that Receivable for credit
related reasons that would be acceptable to the Servicer for comparable
retail installment sale contracts that it services for itself, but only
if (a) the final scheduled distribution date of that Receivable, as
extended, would not be later than the Collection Period preceding the
final scheduled distribution date set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement, and (b) the rescheduling or extension would not modify the
terms of that Receivable in a manner which would constitute a
cancellation of that Receivable and the creation of a new receivable for
federal income tax purposes; or
2. reduce an Obligor's monthly payment amount in the event of a prepayment
resulting from refunds of credit life and disability insurance premiums
and service contracts and make similar adjustments in payment terms for
that Receivable to the extent required by law.
In addition, the Servicer will covenant that, except as otherwise
contemplated in the related agreement (including the provisions in the
immediately two preceding paragraphs):
1. it will not release any Financed Vehicle from the security interest
granted in the related Receivable;
2. it will do nothing to impair the rights of the Securityholders in the
Receivables;
3. it will not alter the APR of any Receivable;
4. it will not modify the number of payments under a Receivable;
5. it will not increase the amount financed under a Receivable; and
6. it will not extend the due date for any payment on or forgive payments
on a Receivable.
The Servicer or the Trustee shall inform the other party and the Indenture
Trustee promptly upon the discovery of any breach by the Servicer of the above
obligations that would materially and adversely affect any Receivable. Unless
the breach is cured by the last day of the second Collection Period following
the discovery (or, if the Servicer so elects, the last day of the first
Collection Period following the discovery), the Servicer is required to purchase
any Receivable materially and adversely affected by the breach (an
"Administrative Receivable") from the Trust at a price equal to the
Administrative Purchase Payment for that Receivable. The "Administrative
Purchase Payment" for a Receivable will be equal to its unpaid Principal Balance
as of the beginning of that Collection Period, plus interest accrued through the
due date for the Obligor's payment in that Collection Period at the related APR,
after giving effect to the receipt of monies collected (from whatever source
other than the Advances) on that Administrative Receivable, if any, in that
Collection Period. Upon the purchase of any Administrative Receivable, the
Servicer will for all purposes of the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or
the Pooling Agreement, as applicable, be deemed to have released all claims for
the reimbursement of outstanding Advances made in respect of that Administrative
Receivable. This purchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy available
to the Certificateholders or the Trustee for any uncured breach by the Servicer.
If the Servicer determines that eventual payment in full of a Receivable is
unlikely, the Servicer will follow its normal practices and procedures to
recover all amounts due upon that Receivable, including repossessing and
disposing of the related Financed Vehicle at a public or private sale, or taking
any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Material Legal Aspects of the
Receivables."
39
<PAGE> 88
INSURANCE ON FINANCED VEHICLES
Each Receivable requires the related Obligor to maintain specific levels
and types of insurance coverage to protect the Financed Vehicle against loss.
NMAC requires evidence of insurance coverage by the Obligors at the time of
origination of the Receivables, but performs no verification of continued
coverage after origination. NMAC will not be obligated to make payments to the
Trust for any loss as to which third party insurance has not been maintained,
except to the extent of its obligations under the related Purchase Agreement.
COLLECTIONS
With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on
Receivables received from Obligors and all proceeds of Receivables collected
during the collection period specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
(each, a "Collection Period") into the Collection Account not later than the
Business Day after receipt. However, so long as NMAC is the servicer, if each
condition to making monthly deposits as may be required by the related Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including, the
satisfaction of specified ratings criteria by NMAC and the absence of any
Servicer Default) is satisfied, the Servicer may retain such amounts until the
related Distribution Date. The Servicer will be entitled to withhold, or to be
reimbursed from amounts otherwise payable into or on deposit in the Collection
Account, amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but later
determined to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings. Except in
certain circumstances described in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, pending deposit into the Collection Account,
collections may be employed by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own
benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds.
The Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, will remit the aggregate
Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase Payments of Receivables
to be purchased from the Trust to the Collection Account on the Business Day
immediately preceding the related Distribution Date.
If the Servicer were unable to remit the funds as described above,
Securityholders might incur a loss. To the extent set forth in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to satisfy the requirements
described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for the benefit of
the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections on the related
Receivables and payment of the aggregate Warranty Purchase Payments and
Administrative Purchase Payments with respect to Receivables required to be
repurchased by the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable.
For purposes of the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, collections on a Receivable made during a Collection Period
(including Warranty Purchase Payments and Administrative Purchase Payments) will
be applied first to interest accrued to date, second to principal until the
principal balance is brought current, third to reduce the unpaid late charges as
provided in the Receivable and finally to prepay principal on the Receivable.
ADVANCES
If payment on a Receivable (other than an Administrative Receivable or a
Warranty Receivable) is not received in full by the end of the month in which it
is due, the Servicer shall, subject to the limitations set forth below, advance
to the Trust an amount with respect to that Receivable equal to the product of
the Principal Balance of that Receivable as of the first day of the related
Collection Period and one-twelfth of its APR minus the amount of interest
actually received on that Receivable during the related Collection Period (each,
an "Advance"). If that calculation results in a negative number, an amount equal
to that negative amount shall be paid to the Servicer in reimbursement of
outstanding Advances. In addition, if a defaulted Receivable is liquidated (a
"Liquidated Receivable"), the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on that
Liquidated Receivable (but not including interest for the current Collection
Period) will, up to the amount of all outstanding Advances in respect thereof,
be withdrawn
40
<PAGE> 89
from the related Collection Account and paid to the Servicer in reimbursement of
the outstanding Advances. No advances of principal will be made with respect to
Receivables. The Servicer will not be obligated to make an Advance (other than
in respect of an interest shortfall arising from the prepayment of a Receivable)
to the extent that it determines, in its sole discretion, that that Advance will
not be recovered from subsequent collections or recoveries.
The Servicer will make all Advances by depositing into the related
Collection Account an amount equal to the aggregate of the Advances due in
respect of a Collection Period on the Business Day immediately preceding the
related Distribution Date.
SERVICING COMPENSATION
The Servicer will be entitled to receive a basic servicing fee for each
Collection Period in an amount equal to a specified percent per annum (as set
forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the "Servicing Rate") of the Pool
Balance as of the first day of the related Collection Period (the "Base
Servicing Fee"). The Base Servicing Fee (together with any portion of the Base
Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) will be paid
solely to the extent of amounts available for that purpose as set forth in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. However, the Base Servicing Fee will be paid
prior to the payment of available amounts to the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders of the given series.
The Servicer will also be entitled to collect and retain any late fees,
prepayment charges and other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by
applicable law with respect to the related Receivables and any interest earned
during a Collection Period from the investment of monies in the Collection
Account as additional servicing compensation (the "Supplemental Servicing Fee"
and, together with the Base Servicing Fee, the "Total Servicing Fee"). Payments
by or on behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late
fees and other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and
procedures. In addition, the Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement from any
given Trust for specified liabilities. The Servicer will be paid the Base
Servicing Fee for each Collection Period on the Distribution Date related to
that Collection Period prior to the payment of interest on any class of Notes or
Certificates. However, if each rating agency for a series of Notes or
Certificates confirms that it will not reduce the rating of any class of Notes
or Certificates in that series, as the case may be, the Base Servicing Fee in
respect of a Collection Period (together with any portion of the Base Servicing
Fee that remains unpaid from the prior Distribution Dates) will be paid at the
beginning of that Collection Period out of collections of interest on the
related Receivables.
The Total Servicing Fee will compensate the Servicer for performing the
functions of a third party servicer of motor vehicle receivables as an agent for
the beneficial owner of those receivables, including collecting and posting all
payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables, investigating
delinquencies, sending payment statements to Obligors, reporting tax information
to Obligors, paying costs of collections and policing the collateral. The Total
Servicing Fee also will compensate the Servicer for administering the particular
Receivables Pool, including making Advances, accounting for collections and
furnishing monthly statements to the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee with
respect to payments. The Total Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer
for specified taxes, the fees of the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if
any, accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other
costs incurred in connection with administering the applicable Receivables Pool.
The "Pool Balance" will equal the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Receivables. The "Principal Balance" of a Receivable as of any date will equal
the original principal balance of that Receivable minus the sum of:
1. that portion of all payments actually received on or prior to that date
allocable to principal;
2. any Warranty Purchase Payment or Administrative Purchase Payment with
respect to that Receivable allocable to principal (to the extent not
included in clause (1) above); and
41
<PAGE> 90
3. any prepayments or other payments applied to reduce the unpaid principal
balance of that Receivable (to the extent not included in clauses (1)
and (2) above).
YIELD SUPPLEMENT ACCOUNT; YIELD SUPPLEMENT AGREEMENT
Yield Supplement Account. A "Yield Supplement Account" may be established
with respect to any class or series of Securities. The terms relating to any
Yield Supplement Account will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. Each Yield Supplement Account will be designed to hold funds to be
applied by the related Trustee or, if that Trust issues Notes, the related
Indenture Trustee, to provide payments to Securityholders in respect of
Receivables that have APRs less than the sum of the Pass Through Rate or
Interest Rate specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement plus the
Servicing Rate specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement (the "Required
Rate"). Each Yield Supplement Account will be maintained with the same entity
with which the related Collection Account is maintained and will be created on
the related Closing Date with an initial deposit in an amount and by the Seller
or other person specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
On each Distribution Date, the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee will
transfer to the Collection Account from monies on deposit in the Yield
Supplement Account an amount specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
(the "Yield Supplement Deposit") in respect of the Receivables having APRs less
than the Required Rate for that Distribution Date. Amounts on deposit on any
Distribution Date in the Yield Supplement Account in excess of the "Required
Yield Supplement Amount" specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,
after giving effect to all payments to be made on that Distribution Date, will
be released to the Seller. The Seller or other person specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement will not have any obligation after the related
Closing Date to deposit any amounts into the Yield Supplement Account after the
related Closing Date even if the amount on deposit in that account is less than
the Required Yield Supplement Amount for any Distribution Date. Monies on
deposit in the Yield Supplement Account may be invested in Eligible Investments
under the circumstances and in the manner described in the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement. Earnings on investment of funds in the
Yield Supplement Account in Eligible Investments will be deposited into the
Collection Account as a component of the Yield Supplement Deposit on each
Distribution Date. Any monies remaining on deposit in the Yield Supplement
Account upon the termination of the Trust also will be released to the Seller.
Yield Supplement Agreement. If a Yield Supplement Account is to be
established with respect to a series of Securities, on or prior to the related
Closing Date, the Seller will enter into a "Yield Supplement Agreement" with the
Servicer and the entity with which the account is maintained. The Seller will
assign its rights under the Yield Supplement Agreement to the applicable Trustee
for the benefit of the applicable Securityholders.
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES
With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Distribution
Date specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, payments of principal
and interest (or, where applicable, of principal or interest only) on each class
of those Securities entitled thereto will be made by the applicable Indenture
Trustee to the Noteholders and by the applicable Trustee to the
Certificateholders of that series. The timing, calculation, allocation, order,
source, priorities of and requirements for all payments to each class of
Noteholders and all payments to each class of Certificateholders of that series
will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
42
<PAGE> 91
With respect to each Trust, on each Distribution Date, collections on the
related Receivables will be withdrawn from the related Collection Account and
will be paid to the Noteholders and/or Certificateholders to the extent provided
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as a Reserve
Account, will be available to cover any shortfalls in the amount available for
payment to the Securityholders on that date to the extent specified in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. As more fully described in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement,
1. payments of principal of a class of Securities of a given series will be
subordinate to payments of interest on that class;
2. payments in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of that
series may be subordinate to payments in respect of Notes, if any, of
that series or other classes of Certificates of that series; and
3. payments in respect of one or more classes of Notes of that series may
be subordinated to payments in respect of other classes of Notes of that
series.
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT
The amounts and types of credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements and
the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of Securities of
a given series, if any, will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement. If and to the extent provided in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement, credit and cash flow enhancement may be in the form of subordination
of one or more classes of Securities, Reserve Accounts, over-collateralization,
letters of credit, credit or liquidity facilities, surety bonds, guaranteed
investment contracts or other interest rate protection agreements, repurchase
obligations, yield supplement agreements, other agreements with respect to third
party payments or other support, cash deposits or other arrangements that may be
described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement or any combination of the
foregoing. If specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash
flow enhancement for a class of Securities may cover one or more other classes
of Securities of the same series, and credit or cash flow enhancement for a
series of Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.
The presence of a Reserve Account and other forms of credit enhancement for
the benefit of any class or series of Securities is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of that class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due on those Securities and to decrease the
likelihood that Securityholders will experience losses. The credit enhancement
for a class or series of Securities will not provide protection against all
risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal of and
interest on those Securities. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by
any credit enhancement or which are not covered by any credit enhancement,
Securityholders of any class or series will bear their allocable share of
deficiencies, as described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
if a form of credit enhancement covers more than one class or series of
Securities, Securityholders of any of that class or series will be subject to
the risk that that credit enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of
Securityholders of other classes or series.
Reserve Account. If provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Seller or a third party will establish for a series or class of
Securities an account, as specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement,
which may be designated as a "Reserve Account" or a "Subordination Spread
Account" (for the purposes of this Prospectus, the "Reserve Account"), that will
be maintained with the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable. The
Reserve Account will be funded by an initial deposit by the Seller or a third
party on the Closing Date in the amount set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement (the "Reserve Account Initial Deposit"). To the extent provided in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account will be increased on each Distribution Date thereafter up to the
Specified Reserve Account Balance (as defined in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement) by the deposit in the
43
<PAGE> 92
Reserve Account of the amount of collections on the related Receivables
remaining on each Distribution Date after all specified payments on that date
are made. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe the circumstances
and manner under which payments may be made out of the Reserve Account, either
to holders of the Securities covered by that Prospectus Supplement or to the
Seller or a third party. Monies on deposit in the Reserve Account may be
invested in Eligible Investments under the circumstances and in the manner
described in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. Earnings on investment of funds in the Reserve Account in
Eligible Investments will be paid to the Seller on each Distribution Date. Any
monies remaining on deposit in the Reserve Account upon the termination of the
Trust also will be released to the Seller.
NET DEPOSITS
As an administrative convenience, as long as specified conditions are
satisfied, the Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of collections,
aggregate Advances and Administrative Purchase Payments for any Trust for or
with respect to the related Collection Period net of payments to be made to the
Servicer with respect to that Collection Period. The Servicer may cause to be
made a single, net transfer from the Collection Account. The Servicer, however,
will account to the Trustee, any Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders, if any, and
the Certificateholders with respect to each Trust as if all deposits, payments
and transfers were made individually. With respect to any Trust that issues both
Certificates and Notes, if the related Distribution Dates are not the same for
all classes of Securities, all distributions, deposits or other remittances made
on a Distribution Date will be treated as having been distributed, deposited or
remitted on the same Distribution Date for the applicable Collection Period for
purposes of determining other amounts required to be distributed, deposited or
otherwise remitted on a Distribution Date.
STATEMENTS TO TRUSTEES AND TRUST
On a Business Day in each month that precedes each Distribution Date (each,
a "Determination Date" to be specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement),
the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if any, and the
applicable Trustee a statement setting forth with respect to a series of
Securities substantially the same information that is required to be provided in
the periodic reports provided to Securityholders of that series described under
"-- Statements to Securityholders" below.
STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
With respect to each series of Securities that includes Notes, on or prior
to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the related
Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related Noteholders on that
Distribution Date. In addition, on or prior to each Distribution Date, the
Servicer will prepare and provide to the related Trustee of each Trust, a
statement to be delivered to the Certificateholders. Each statement to be
delivered to Securityholders will include (to the extent applicable) the
following information (and any other information so specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement) as to the Notes of that series and as to the Certificates
of that series with respect to that Distribution Date:
1. the amount of the payment allocable to the principal amount of each
class of those Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of
those Certificates;
2. the amount of the payment allocable to interest on each class of
Securities of that series;
3. the amount of the distribution allocable to the Yield Supplement
Deposit, if any;
4. the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the
related Collection Period;
5. the amount of the Base Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect
to the related Collection Period, the amount of any unpaid Base
Servicing Fees and the change in that amount from that
44
<PAGE> 93
of the prior Distribution Date and the amount of any additional
servicing compensation paid to the Servicer with respect to the related
Collection Period;
6. the Interest Rate or Pass Through Rate for the Interest Period relating
to the succeeding Distribution Date for any class of Notes or
Certificates of that series with variable or adjustable rates;
7. the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders' Interest
Carryover Shortfall and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover
Shortfall (each as defined in the applicable Prospectus Supplement), if
any, in each case as applicable to each class of Securities, and the
change in those amounts from the preceding statement;
8. the amount, if any, otherwise distributable to one or more subordinated
classes of Notes or Certificates that has instead been distributed to
more senior classes of Notes or Certificates on that Distribution Date;
9. the aggregate outstanding principal amount, the Note Factor and the Note
Pool Factor for each class of those Notes, and the Certificate Balance,
the Certificate Factor and the Certificate Pool Factor for each class of
those Certificates, each after giving effect to all payments reported
under clause (1) above on that date;
10. the amount of Advances made in respect of the related Receivables and
the related Collection Period and the amount of unreimbursed Advances
on that Distribution Date; and
11. the balance of any related Reserve Account, Yield Supplement Account or
other credit or liquidity enhancement on that date, after giving effect
to changes thereto on that date and the amount of those changes.
Each amount set forth in subclauses (1), (2), (5) and (7) above will be
expressed in the aggregate and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of the original
principal amount of each class of Notes or the Original Certificate Balance of
each class of Certificates, as the case may be.
Copies of the statements may be obtained by the Securityholders by
delivering a request in writing addressed to the applicable Trustee at its
address set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the applicable Trustee
will mail to each person who at any time during that calendar year has been a
Securityholder with respect to that Trust and received any payment, a statement
containing information for the purposes of that Securityholder's preparation of
federal income tax returns. See "Material Income Tax Consequences."
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish to the
related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, annually a
statement as to compliance in all material respects by the Servicer during the
preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the first statement, from the
applicable Closing Date, which may be longer than twelve months) with specified
standards relating to the servicing of the applicable Receivables.
Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
also provide for delivery to the related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee,
as applicable, substantially simultaneously with the delivery of those
accountants' statement referred to above, of a certificate signed by an officer
of the Servicer stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable, throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the
45
<PAGE> 94
case of the first certificate, from the Closing Date) in all material respects
or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any obligation, describing
each default. The Servicer has agreed to give each Indenture Trustee and each
Trustee notice of specified Servicer Defaults under the related Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.
Copies of the statements and certificates may be obtained by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the applicable Trustee.
MATERIAL MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
provide that NMAC may not resign from its obligations and duties as Servicer
under that document, except upon NMAC's determination that its performance of
those duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No resignation will
become effective until the related Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable,
or a successor servicer has assumed NMAC's servicing obligations and duties
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
further provide that neither the Servicer nor any of its directors, officers,
employees or agents will be under any liability to the related Trust or the
related Noteholders or Certificateholders for taking any action or for
refraining from taking any action pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or for errors in judgment; except
that neither the Servicer nor any person will be protected against any liability
that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence in the performance of the Servicer's duties under that document or by
reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under that document.
In addition, each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement will provide that the Servicer is not obligated to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to the Servicer's
servicing responsibilities under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to incur
any expense or liability. The Servicer may, however, undertake any reasonable
action that it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of the related Sale
and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the rights and
duties of the parties thereto and the interests of the Securityholders under the
applicable agreement. In that event, the legal expenses and costs of that action
and any liability resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of
the Servicer, and the Servicer will not be entitled to be reimbursed therefor.
Any entity into which the Servicer or the Seller may be merged or
consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, is a party, or
any entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer or the Seller, as
applicable, or any corporation, more than 50% of the voting stock of which is
owned, directly or indirectly, by Nissan, which assumes the obligations of the
Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, will be the successor of the Servicer or
the Seller, as applicable, under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. For as long as NMAC is the Servicer, it may at any time
subcontract substantially all of its duties as servicer under any Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement to any corporation more
than 50% of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by
Nissan, and the Servicer may at any time perform specific duties as servicer
through other subcontractors.
SERVICER DEFAULT
"Servicer Default" under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will consist of the following:
1. any failure by the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC is the
Servicer) to deliver to the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee for
deposit in any related Account any required payment or to direct the
applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee to make any required
distributions from
46
<PAGE> 95
that Account, and that failure continues unremedied for three Business
Days after (a) receipt by the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC
is the Servicer) of written notice of the failure given by the
applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee, (b) receipt by the Servicer (or
the Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer) and the applicable Trustee
or Indenture Trustee of written notice of the failure given by the
holders of Notes or Certificates evidencing not less than 25% in
principal amount of those outstanding Notes and the Certificates, acting
together as a single class; or (b) discovery of that failure by any
officer of the Servicer;
2. any failure by the Servicer (or the Seller, as long as NMAC is the
Servicer) to duly observe or perform in any material respect any other
covenants or agreements of the Servicer (or the Seller, as long as NMAC
is the Servicer) set forth in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and that failure materially and
adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders of the related series, and that failure continues
unremedied for 90 days after the giving of written notice of the failure
to (a) the Servicer (or the Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer) by
the applicable Trustee or Indenture Trustee, or (b) the Servicer (or the
Seller, so long as NMAC is the Servicer) and the applicable Trustee and
Indenture Trustee by the holders of Notes or Certificates of the related
series evidencing not less than 25% in principal amount of those
outstanding Notes or Certificates, acting together as a single class;
and
3. the occurrence of events of insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings with
respect to the Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization
pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its obligations
(any of these events with respect to any person being an "Insolvency
Event").
RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT
In the case of any Trust that has issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Default under a Sale and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the related
Indenture Trustee or holders of Notes of the related series evidencing a
majority of the principal amount of those Notes then outstanding (or relevant
class or classes of Notes of such series), acting together as a single class,
may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under that Sale and
Servicing Agreement. When this happens, the Indenture Trustee or a successor
servicer appointed by that Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under that Sale and
Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.
In the case of any Trust that has not issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Default under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied,
the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related series evidencing
a majority of the aggregate Certificate Balance of those Certificates then
outstanding (or relevant class or classes of Certificates, but excluding for
purposes of the calculation and action all Certificates held by the Seller, the
Servicer or any of their affiliates), acting together as a single class, may
terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. When this happens, the Trustee or a successor
servicer appointed by that Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,
duties and liabilities of the Servicer under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.
However, if a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been appointed for
the Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than the appointment of a bankruptcy
trustee or similar official has occurred, that bankruptcy trustee or official
may have the power to prevent that Indenture Trustee, those Noteholders, that
Trustee or those Certificateholders, as applicable, from effecting a transfer of
servicing as described above. If that Indenture Trustee or Trustee is unwilling
or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of, a successor servicer with a net worth of at
least $100,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of
automobile receivables. The related Indenture Trustee or the Trustee, or any
person appointed as successor servicer, will be the successor in all
47
<PAGE> 96
respects to the predecessor Servicer under the related Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all references in the related
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the Servicer
shall apply to that successor servicer. The related Indenture Trustee or Trustee
may make arrangements for compensation to be paid, but the compensation for the
successor servicer may not be greater than the Base Servicing Fee under the
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding termination, the Servicer will be entitled to payment of
specified amounts payable to it prior to the termination for services it
rendered prior to the termination.
WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
With respect to each Trust that has issued Notes, (1) the holders of Notes
of the related series evidencing a majority of the principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes of the related series (or relevant class or classes of Notes
of such series) or (2) in the case of any Servicer Default that does not
adversely affect the related Indenture Trustee or the related Noteholders, the
holders of Certificates of that series (or relevant class or classes of
Certificates of such series) evidencing a majority of the aggregate Certificate
Balance of those Certificates then outstanding (but excluding for purposes of
calculation and action all Certificates held by the Seller, the Servicer or any
of their affiliates), may, on behalf of all those Noteholders or
Certificateholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its
obligations under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement and its consequences,
except a Servicer Default in making any required deposits to the related
Collection Account in accordance with that Sale and Servicing Agreement. With
respect to each Trust that has not issued Notes, holders of Certificates of that
series evidencing a majority of the aggregate Certificate Balance of those
Certificates then outstanding (or relevant class or classes of Certificates but
excluding for purposes of calculation and action all Certificates held by the
Seller, the Servicer or any of their affiliates), may, on behalf of all those
Certificateholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its
obligations under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except a Servicer
Default in making any required deposits to the related Collection Account in
accordance with the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement. No waiver will
impair those Noteholders' or Certificateholders' rights with respect to
subsequent defaults.
AMENDMENT
A Transfer and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto,
without the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders:
1. to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreement that may be inconsistent with
any other provision in that agreement, or make any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under that agreement that are
not inconsistent with the provisions of that agreement; provided that
the amendment will not materially and adversely affect the interest of
any Noteholder or Certificateholder; and
2. to change the formula for determining the required amount for the
related Reserve Account, if any, upon confirmation from the rating
agencies rating the Securities as described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
An amendment will be deemed not to materially and adversely affect the
interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder of any class if (a) the
amendment does not adversely affect the Trust's status as a grantor trust or a
partnership, as applicable, for federal income tax purposes, (b) each rating
agency then rating the related Certificates or Notes confirms that that
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its rating on the
Certificates or Notes of that class, and (c) the Servicer shall have delivered
an officer's certificate stating that such amendment will not materially and
adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.
48
<PAGE> 97
A Transfer and Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties
thereto with the consent of:
1. the holders of Notes evidencing a majority of the principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes, if any, of the related series (or relevant
class or classes of Notes of such series); or
2. in the case of any amendment that does not adversely affect the related
Indenture Trustee or the related Noteholders, the holders of the
Certificates of that series evidencing a majority of the outstanding
Certificate Balance (or relevant class or classes of Certificates of
such series, but excluding for purposes of calculation and action all
Certificates held by the Seller, the Servicer or any of their
affiliates), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of those
Noteholders or Certificateholders.
No amendment, however, shall:
(x) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or
delay the timing of, collections of payments on the related Receivables or
distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of those
Noteholders or Certificateholders or change the Interest Rate or the Pass
Through Rate or the required amount in the related Reserve Account (except
as described above under clause (2) of the immediately preceding sentence)
without the consent of each of the "adversely affected" Noteholder or
Certificateholder; or
(y) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes or Certificates of that series which is required to
consent to any amendment, without the consent of the holders of all the
then outstanding Notes or Certificates of each affected class.
An amendment referred to in clause (x) above will be deemed not to
"adversely affect" a Certificateholder or Noteholder of any class only if each
rating agency then rating the related Certificates or Notes confirms that that
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its rating on the
Certificates or Notes of that class. In connection with any amendment referred
to in clause (x) above, the Servicer shall deliver an officer's certificate to
the Indenture Trustee and the Trustee stating that the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders whose consents were not obtained were not adversely affected
by the amendment.
LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS
Three or more holders of the Notes of any class in a series or one or more
holders of those Notes of that class evidencing not less than 25% of the
aggregate principal amount of those Notes then outstanding may, by written
request to the related Indenture Trustee, obtain access to the list of all
Noteholders maintained by that Indenture Trustee for the purpose of
communicating with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the
related Indenture or under those Notes. If stated in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement, an Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting
Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired
communication or proxy, on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting
Noteholders, to all Noteholders of that series.
Three or more holders of the Certificates of any class in a series or one
or more holders of those Certificates of that class evidencing not less than 25%
of the Certificate Balance of those Certificates may, by written request to the
related Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Certificateholders maintained
by that Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other Certificateholders
with respect to their rights under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or under those Certificates.
The Indenture Trustee or the Trustee, as the case may be, will provide to
the Servicer within 15 days after receipt of a written request from the
Servicer, a list of the names of all Noteholders or Certificateholders, as the
case may be, of record as of the most recent applicable record date.
49
<PAGE> 98
No Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide for the holding of annual
or other meetings of Securityholders.
INSOLVENCY EVENT
Each Trust Agreement will provide that the related Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to the
related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders
(including the Seller) of that Trust and the delivery to that Trustee by each
Certificateholder (including the Seller) of a certificate certifying that that
Certificateholder reasonably believes that that Trust is insolvent.
PAYMENT OF NOTES
Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and the
satisfaction and discharge of the related Indenture, the related Trustee will
succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders
of that series will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders of that series,
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise provided in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
SELLER LIABILITY
Under each Trust Agreement, the Seller will agree to be liable directly to
an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Certificateholder in
the capacity of an investor with respect to that Trust) arising out of or based
on the arrangement created by that Trust Agreement as though that arrangement
created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act
in which the Seller was a general partner.
TERMINATION
The respective obligations of the Seller, the Servicer, NMAC (so long as
NMAC has rights or obligations under the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreement), the related Trustee and the related Indenture Trustee, as the case
may be, pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement will terminate upon:
1. the maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable and the
disposition of any amounts received upon liquidation of any remaining
Receivables;
2. the payment to Securityholders of all amounts required to be paid to
them pursuant to the related agreement; or
3. the election by the Servicer or the Seller to purchase the corpus of the
Trust as described below.
The Trustee will give written notice of termination to each Securityholder
of record. The final distribution to any Securityholder will be made only upon
surrender and cancellation of that holder's Security at any office or agency of
the Trustee specified in the notice of termination. Any funds remaining in the
Trust, after the Trustee has taken measures to locate a Securityholder set forth
in the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement and those measures have failed,
will be distributed, subject to applicable law, to the Children's Hospital Los
Angeles.
In order to avoid excessive administrative expense, the Servicer will have
the option to purchase from each Trust, as of the end of any applicable
Collection Period, if the then outstanding Pool Balance with respect to the
Receivables held by that Trust is 10% or less of the Pool Balance as of the
related Cutoff Date, the corpus of the Trust at a price equal to the aggregate
Administrative Purchase Payments for the Receivables (including Receivables that
became Defaulted Receivables in the Collection Period preceding
50
<PAGE> 99
the Distribution Date on which that purchase is effected) plus the appraised
value of any other property held as part of the Trust (less liquidation
expenses). The related Trustee and related Indenture Trustee, if any, will give
written notice of termination to each Securityholder.
Upon termination of any Trust, the assets of that Trust will be liquidated
and the proceeds therefrom (and amounts held in related Accounts) will be
applied to pay the Notes and the Certificates of the related series in full, to
the extent of amounts available.
As more fully described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, any
outstanding Notes of the related series will be redeemed concurrently with any
of the events specified above and the subsequent payment to the related
Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the
applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement will effect early
retirement of the Certificates of that series.
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
NMAC, in its capacity as administrator (the "Administrator"), will enter
into an agreement (as amended and supplemented from time to time, an
"Administration Agreement") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related
Indenture Trustee pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent
provided in that Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform
other administrative obligations required by the related Indenture. As
compensation for the performance of the Administrator's obligations under the
applicable Administration Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses
related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration
fee in an amount that may be set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
(the "Administration Fee"), which fee will be paid by the Servicer.
51
<PAGE> 100
MATERIAL LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
GENERAL
The transfer of the Receivables to the applicable Trustee, the perfection
of the security interests in the Receivables and the enforcement of rights to
realize on the Financed Vehicles as collateral for the Receivables are subject
to a number of federal and state laws, including the UCC as in effect in various
states. The Servicer and the Seller will take the action described below to
perfect the rights of the applicable Trustee in the Receivables. If another
party purchases (including the taking of a security interest in) the Receivables
for new value in the ordinary course of its business, without actual knowledge
of the Trust's interest, and takes possession of the Receivables, that purchaser
would acquire an interest in the Receivables superior to the interest of the
Trust.
SECURITY INTERESTS
General. In states in which retail installment sale contracts such as the
Receivables evidence the credit sale of automobiles or light-duty trucks by
dealers to obligors, the contracts also constitute personal property security
agreements and include grants of security interests in the vehicles under the
applicable UCC. Perfection of security interests in financed automobiles and/or
light-duty trucks is generally governed by the motor vehicle registration laws
of the state in which the vehicle is located. In most states, a security
interest in an automobile or light-duty truck is perfected by obtaining
possession of the certificate of title to the vehicle or notation of the secured
party's lien on the vehicle's certificate of title.
All retail installment sales contracts acquired by NMAC from Dealers name
NMAC as obligee or assignee and as the secured party. NMAC also takes all
actions necessary under the laws of the state in which the related Financed
Vehicle is located to perfect its security interest in that Financed Vehicle,
including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien recorded on the
related certificate of title and obtaining possession of that certificate of
title. Because NMAC continues to service the contracts as Servicer under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable, the Obligors on the contracts will not be notified of the sale from
NMAC to the Seller or the sale from the Seller to the related Trust.
Perfection. Pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement, NMAC will sell and
assign its security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Seller and, with
respect to each Trust, pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, the Seller will assign its
security interest in the Financed Vehicles to that Trust. However, because of
the administrative burden and expense, none of NMAC, the Seller or the related
Trustee will amend any certificate of title to identify that Trust as the new
secured party on that certificate of title relating to a Financed Vehicle.
However, UCC financing statements with respect to the transfer to the Seller of
NMAC's security interest in the Financed Vehicles and the transfer to the
Trustee of the Seller's security interest in the Financed Vehicles will be
filed. In addition, the Servicer will continue to hold any certificates of title
relating to the Financed Vehicles in its possession as custodian for that Trust
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables."
In most states, an assignment such as that under each Purchase Agreement or
each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement is an
effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment of any lien noted
on a vehicle's certificate of title, and the assignee succeeds to the assignor's
rights as secured party. Although re-registration of the vehicle is not
necessary to convey a perfected security interest in the Financed Vehicles to
the Trust, because the Trust will not be listed as lienholder on the
certificates of title, the security interest of that Trust in the vehicle could
be defeated through fraud or negligence. In those states, in the absence of
fraud or forgery by the vehicle owner or the Servicer or administrative error by
state or local agencies, the notation of NMAC's lien on the certificates of
title will be sufficient to protect that Trust against the rights of subsequent
purchasers of a Financed
52
<PAGE> 101
Vehicle or subsequent lenders who take a security interest in a Financed
Vehicle. In each Purchase Agreement, NMAC will represent and warrant, and in
each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Seller
will represent and warrant, that it has taken all action necessary to obtain a
perfected security interest in each Financed Vehicle. If there are any Financed
Vehicles as to which NMAC failed to obtain and assign to the Seller a perfected
security interest, the security interest of the Seller would be subordinate to,
among others, subsequent purchasers of the Financed Vehicles and holders of
perfected security interests in the Financed Vehicles. To the extent that
failure has a material and adverse effect on the Trust's interest in the related
Receivables, however, it would constitute a breach of the warranties of NMAC
under the related Purchase Agreement or the Seller under the related Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Accordingly, pursuant to
the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Seller would be required to repurchase the related Receivable from the Trust
and, pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement, NMAC would be required to
purchase that Receivable from the Seller, in each case unless the breach was
cured. Pursuant to each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Seller will assign to the related Trust its rights to cause NMAC
to purchase that Receivable under the related Purchase Agreement. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Receivables" and "Risk Factors -- Interests of other persons in the receivables
and financed vehicles could be superior to the trust's interest, which may
result in reduced payments on your securities."
Continuity of Perfection. Under the laws of most states, the perfected
security interest in a vehicle would continue for four months after the vehicle
is moved to a state that is different from the one in which it is initially
registered and thereafter until the owner thereof re-registers the vehicle in
the new state. A majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate
of title to re-register a vehicle. In those states (such as California) that
require a secured party to hold possession of the certificate of title to
maintain perfection of the security interest, the secured party would learn of
the re-registration through the request from the obligor under the related
installment sales contract to surrender possession of the certificate of title.
In the case of vehicles registered in states providing for the notation of a
lien on the certificate of title but not possession by the secured party (such
as Texas), the secured party would receive notice of surrender from the state of
re-registration if the security interest is noted on the certificate of title.
Thus, the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security
interest in the vehicle in the state of relocation. However, these procedural
safeguards will not protect the secured party if through fraud, forgery or
administrative error, the debtor somehow procures a new certificate of title
that does not list the secured party's lien. Additionally, in states that do not
require a certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle,
re-registration could defeat perfection. In the ordinary course of servicing the
Receivables, NMAC will take steps to effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice
of re-registration or information from the Obligor as to relocation. Similarly,
when an Obligor sells a Financed Vehicle, NMAC must surrender possession of the
certificate of title or will receive notice as a result of its lien noted on the
certificate of title and accordingly will have an opportunity to require
satisfaction of the related Receivable before release of the lien. Under each
Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer
will be obligated to take appropriate steps, at the Servicer's expense, to
maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles and will be
obligated to purchase the related Receivable if it fails to do so and that
failure has a material and adverse effect on the Trust's interest in the
Receivable.
Priority of Liens Arising By Operation of Law. Under the laws of most
states (including California), liens for repairs performed on a motor vehicle
and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over even a perfected security interest
in a financed vehicle. The Code also grants priority to specified federal tax
liens over the lien of a secured party. The laws of some states and federal law
permit the confiscation of vehicles by governmental authorities under some
circumstances if used in unlawful activities, which may result in the loss of a
secured party's perfected security interest in the confiscated vehicle. NMAC
will represent and warrant to the Seller in each Purchase Agreement, and the
Seller will represent and warrant to the Trust in each Sale and Servicing
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, that, as of the related Closing
Date, each security interest in a Financed Vehicle is prior to all other present
liens (other than tax
53
<PAGE> 102
liens and other liens that arise by operation of law) upon and security
interests in that Financed Vehicle. However, liens for repairs or taxes could
arise, or the confiscation of a Financed Vehicle could occur, at any time during
the term of a Receivable. No notice will be given to the Trustee, any Indenture
Trustee, any Noteholders or any Certificateholders in respect of a given Trust
if a lien arises or confiscation occurs that would not give rise to the Seller's
repurchase obligation under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement or NMAC's repurchase obligation under the related
Purchase Agreement.
REPOSSESSION
In the event of default by an obligor, the holder of the related retail
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except where specifically limited by other state laws. Among the UCC remedies,
the secured party has the right to perform repossession by self-help means,
unless it would constitute a breach of the peace or is otherwise limited by
applicable state law. Unless a vehicle financed by NMAC is voluntarily
surrendered, self-help repossession is the method employed by NMAC in most
states and is accomplished simply by retaking possession of the financed
vehicle. In cases where an obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession,
or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained
from the appropriate state court, and that vehicle must then be recovered in
accordance with that order. In some jurisdictions, the secured party is required
to notify that obligor of the default and the intent to repossess the collateral
and to give that obligor a time period within which to cure the default prior to
repossession. In some states, an obligor has the right to reinstate its contract
and recover the collateral by paying the delinquent installments and other
amounts due.
NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS
In the event of default by an obligor under a retail installment sales
contract, some jurisdictions require that the obligor be notified of the default
and be given a time period within which to cure the default prior to
repossession. Generally, this right of cure may only be exercised on a limited
number of occasions during the term of the related contract.
The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide an
obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the collateral may be held. In
most states, an obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual
sale by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation,
accrued interest on the obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing,
holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale,
plus, in some jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys' fees. In some states, an
obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by payment
of delinquent installments or the unpaid balance.
DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS
The proceeds of resale of the vehicles generally will be applied first to
the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of the
indebtedness. While some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency
judgments if the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount of the
indebtedness, a deficiency judgment can be sought in those states that do not
prohibit or limit those judgments. In addition to the notice requirement
described above, the UCC requires that every aspect of the sale or other
disposition, including the method, manner, time, place and terms, be
"commercially reasonable." Generally, courts have held that when a sale is not
"commercially reasonable," the secured party loses its right to a deficiency
judgment. However, the deficiency judgment would be a personal judgment against
the obligor for the shortfall, and a defaulting obligor can be expected to have
very little capital or sources of income available following repossession.
Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or,
if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount or be
uncollectible. In addition, the UCC permits the obligor or other interested
party to recover for any loss caused by noncompliance with the provisions of the
UCC. Also, prior to a sale, the UCC permits the
54
<PAGE> 103
obligor or other interested person to prohibit the secured party from disposing
of the collateral if it is established that the secured party is not proceeding
in accordance with the "default" provisions under the UCC.
Occasionally, after resale of a repossessed vehicle and payment of all
expenses and indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC
requires the creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a subordinate lien
with respect to that vehicle or if no lienholder exists, the UCC requires the
creditor to remit the surplus to the obligor.
MATERIAL BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS
In structuring the transactions contemplated by this Prospectus, the Seller
has taken steps that are intended to make it unlikely that the voluntary or
involuntary application for relief by NMAC or its parent, NNA, under the United
States Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws (collectively,
"Insolvency Laws") will result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of
the Seller with those of NMAC or NNA. These steps include the creation of the
Seller as a wholly-owned, limited purpose subsidiary pursuant to articles of
incorporation and bylaws containing limitations (including restrictions on the
nature of the Seller's business and on its ability to commence a voluntary case
or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the unanimous affirmative vote of
all of its directors).
However, delays in payments on the Securities and possible reductions in
the amount of those payments could occur if:
1. a court were to conclude that the assets and liabilities of the Seller
should be consolidated with those of NMAC or NNA in the event of the
application of applicable Insolvency Laws to NMAC or NNA, as the case
may be;
2. a filing were made under any Insolvency Law by or against the Seller; or
3. an attempt were to be made to litigate any of the foregoing issues.
On the Closing Date, O'Melveny & Myers LLP will give an opinion to the
effect that, based on a reasoned analysis of analogous case law (although there
is no precedent based on directly similar facts), and, subject to facts,
assumptions and qualifications specified in the opinion and applying the
principles set forth in the opinion, in the event of a voluntary or involuntary
bankruptcy case in respect of NMAC under Title 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code at a time when NMAC was insolvent, the property of the Seller
would not properly be substantively consolidated with the property of the estate
of NMAC. Among other things, that opinion will assume that each of the Seller
and NMAC will follow specified procedures in the conduct of its affairs,
including maintaining records and books of account separate from those of the
other, refraining from commingling its assets with those of the other, and
refraining from holding itself out as having agreed to pay, or being liable for,
the debts of the other. The Seller and NMAC intend to follow these and other
procedures related to maintaining their separate corporate identities. However,
there can be no assurance that a court would not conclude that the assets and
liabilities of the Seller should be consolidated with those of NMAC.
NMAC will warrant in each Purchase Agreement that the sale of the related
Receivables by it to the Seller is a valid sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if NMAC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could take the
position that the sale of Receivables to the Seller should instead be treated as
a pledge of those Receivables to secure a borrowing of NMAC. In addition, if the
transfer of Receivables to the Seller is treated as a pledge instead of a sale,
a tax or government lien on the property of NMAC arising before the transfer of
a Receivable to the Seller may have priority over the Seller's interest in that
Receivable. In addition, while NMAC is the Servicer, cash collections on the
Receivables may be commingled with the funds of NMAC and, in the event of that
bankruptcy of NMAC, the Trust may not have a perfected interest in those
collections.
55
<PAGE> 104
NMAC and the Seller will treat the transactions described in this
Prospectus as a sale of the Receivables to the Seller, so that the automatic
stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code should not apply to the
Receivables if NMAC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance. These laws include the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Texas Consumer Credit Code,
state adoptions of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit
Code and state motor vehicle retail installment sales acts and other similar
laws. Also, state laws impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on
consumer transactions and require contract disclosures in addition to those
required under federal law. These requirements impose specific statutory
liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions. In some
cases, this liability could affect an assignee's ability to enforce consumer
finance contracts such as the Receivables.
The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code, other statutes or the common law in some states,
has the effect of subjecting a seller (and specified creditors and their
assignees) in a consumer credit transaction to all claims and defenses that the
obligor in the transaction could assert against the seller of the goods.
Liability under the FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under
the contract, and the holder of the contract may also be unable to collect any
balance remaining due under that contract from the obligor.
Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of the FTC
Rule. Accordingly, each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables, will be
subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of the applicable Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the related Financed Vehicle. As to
each Obligor, these claims are limited to a maximum liability equal to the
amounts paid by the Obligor on the related Receivable. Under most state motor
vehicle dealer licensing laws, sellers of motor vehicles are required to be
licensed to sell motor vehicles at retail sale. Furthermore, federal odometer
regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act
require that all sellers of new and used vehicles furnish a written statement
signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the odometer reading. If the
seller is not properly licensed or if a written odometer disclosure statement
was not provided to the purchaser of the related Financed Vehicle, an obligor
may be able to assert a defense against the seller of the vehicle. If an Obligor
were successful in asserting any of those claims or defenses, that claim or
defense would constitute a breach of the Seller's representations and warranties
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and a breach of NMAC's warranties under the related Purchase Agreement
and would, if the breach materially and adversely affects the Receivable or the
interests of the Securityholders, create an obligation of the Seller and NMAC,
respectively, to repurchase the Receivable unless the breach is cured. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Receivables."
Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties
pursuing repossession and litigation involving deficiency balances. These
equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.
In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protections provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States. Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor do not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional
protection to borrowers.
56
<PAGE> 105
NMAC and the Seller will represent and warrant under each Purchase
Agreement and each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as applicable, that each Receivable complies with all requirements of
law in all material respects. Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against a
Trust for violation of any law and that claim materially and adversely affects
that Trust's interest in a Receivable, that violation would constitute a breach
of the representations and warranties of NMAC under the Purchase Agreement and
the Seller under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and would create an obligation of NMAC and the Seller to
repurchase the Receivable unless the breach is cured. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
OTHER LIMITATIONS
In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party
to realize upon collateral or to enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, in
a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a vehicle and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle
at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the creditor as
a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy
court may also reduce the monthly payments due under a contract or change the
rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.
Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Relief Act of 1940 (the
"Relief Act"), an Obligor who enters the military service after the origination
of that Obligor's Receivable (including an Obligor who is a member of the
National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the origination of the
Obligor's Receivable and is later called to active duty) may not be charged
interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of that Obligor's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible that the foregoing could have an effect on the ability of the
Servicer to collect the full amount of interest owing on some of the
Receivables. In addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations that would impair
the ability of the Servicer to repossess the released Financed Vehicle during
the Obligor's period of active duty status. Thus, if that that Receivable goes
into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to
exercise the Trust's rights with respect to the Receivable and the related
Financed Vehicle in a timely fashion.
Any shortfall pursuant to either of the two preceding paragraphs, to the
extent not covered by amounts payable to the Securityholders from amounts on
deposit in the related Reserve Account or from coverage provided under any other
credit enhancement mechanism, could result in losses to the Securityholders.
57
<PAGE> 106
MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following general discussion of the anticipated material federal income
and California income and franchise tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates of any series, to the extent
it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto,
represents the opinion of tax counsel to each Trust with respect to the related
series on the material matters associated with those consequences, subject to
the qualifications set forth in this Prospectus. "Tax Counsel" with respect to
each Trust will be O'Melveny & Myers LLP. The summary does not purport to deal
with federal income tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors,
some of which may be subject to special rules. For example, it does not discuss
the tax treatment of Noteholders or Certificateholders that are insurance
companies, regulated investment companies or dealers in securities. Moreover,
there are no cases or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar
transactions involving both debt and equity interests issued by a trust with
terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificates. As a result, the IRS
may disagree with all or a part of the discussion below. It is suggested that
prospective investors consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal,
state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.
The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Treasury regulations
promulgated under the Code and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are
subject to change, which change may be retroactive. Each Trust will be provided
with an opinion of Tax Counsel regarding the federal income tax matters
discussed below. An opinion of Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS
or the courts. No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought
from the IRS. For purposes of the following summary, references to the Trust,
the Notes, the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents shall be
deemed to refer to each Trust and the Notes, Certificates and related terms,
parties and documents applicable to that Trust. The federal income tax
consequences to Certificateholders will vary depending on whether an election is
made to treat the Trust as a partnership under the Code or whether the Trust
will be treated as a grantor trust. The Prospectus Supplement for each Series of
Certificates will specify whether a partnership election will be made or the
Trust will be treated as a grantor trust.
TAX TREATMENT OF OWNER TRUSTS
Tax Characterization of the Trust. The following general discussion of the
anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Notes and the Certificates of a Trust nominally referred to
as an "owner trust" in the applicable prospectus supplement (an "Owner Trust"),
to the extent it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions with respect
thereto, represents the opinion of Tax Counsel to each Owner Trust with respect
to the related series on the material matters associated with those
consequences, subject to the qualifications set forth in this Prospectus. In
addition, Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements in this Prospectus
under the heading "Material Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Treatment of Owner
Trusts," and is of the opinion that those statements are correct in all material
respects. Those statements are intended as an explanatory discussion of the
related tax matters affecting investors generally, but do not purport to furnish
information in the level of detail or with the attention to an investor's
specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor's own tax
advisor. Accordingly, it is suggested that each investor consult its own tax
advisors with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in Notes or
Certificates.
Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that an Owner Trust for which no
election to be treated as a corporation is made will not be an association or
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes. This opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the
Related Documents will be complied with, and on Tax Counsel's conclusion that
the nature of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that some
publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.
If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
the Trust would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The
Trust's taxable income would include all its income on
58
<PAGE> 107
the Receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the Notes. Any
corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to make payments on
the Notes and the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be liable for any
tax of this type that is not paid by the Trust.
Tax Consequences to Owners of the Notes
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The Seller and any Noteholders will
agree, and the beneficial owners of the Notes (the "Note Owners") will agree by
their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt for federal income tax
purposes. Tax Counsel will advise the Trust that the Notes will be classified as
debt for federal income tax purposes to the extent set forth in the applicable
prospectus supplement. The discussion below assumes this characterization of the
Notes is correct.
OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all
payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Strip Notes. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the
interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated
interest" under Treasury regulations (the "OID regulations") relating to
original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID on the Notes (i.e., any excess
of the principal amount of the Notes over their issue price) does not exceed a
de minimis amount (i.e., 1/4% of their principal amount multiplied by the number
of full years included in determining their weighted average maturity), all
within the meaning of the OID regulations. In determining whether any OID on the
Notes is de minimis, the Seller expects to use a reasonable assumption regarding
prepayments (a "Prepayment Assumption") to determine the weighted average
maturity of the Notes. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any
given series of Notes, additional tax considerations with respect to those Notes
will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest on the Notes will be taxable to a Note Owner as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with that Note
Owner's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Note
issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include that OID in income, on a pro
rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. A purchaser who buys a
Note for more or less than its principal amount will generally be subject,
respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of the Code.
A holder of a Note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year
from the issue date of that Note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to special
rules. An accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note (and some cash method
holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line basis or under a constant yield method over the term
of each interest period. Other cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in
general, be required to report interest income as interest is paid (or, if
earlier, upon the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note). However, a cash
basis holder of a Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be
required to defer a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on
indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note until the taxable
disposition of the Short-Term Note. A cash basis taxpayer that is not required
to report interest income as it accrues under Section 1281 may elect to accrue
interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or
less, in which case the taxpayer would not be subject to the interest expense
deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence. Special rules apply if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a Note Owner sells a Note, the Note Owner
will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Note Owner will equal the Note
Owner's cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition
discount, OID and gain previously included in income by that Note Owner with
respect to the Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium, if any,
previously amortized and by the amount of payments of principal and OID
59
<PAGE> 108
previously received by that Note Owner with respect to that Note. Any gain or
loss, and any gain or loss recognized on a prepayment of the Notes, will be
capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except for gain
representing accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously
included in income. Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital
gains.
Foreign Owners. Interest paid (or accrued) to a Note Owner who is not a
U.S. Person (a "Foreign Owner") generally will be considered "portfolio
interest," and generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax
and withholding tax if the interest is not effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Owner and
1. the Foreign Owner is not actually or constructively a "10 percent
shareholder" of the Trust or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of
the outstanding Certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with
respect to which the Trust or the Seller is a "related person" within
the meaning of the Code;
2. the Foreign Owner is not a bank receiving interest described in Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
3. the interest is not contingent interest described in Section 871(h)(4)
of the Code; and
4. the Foreign Owner does not bear specified relationships to any
Certificateholder.
To qualify for the exemption from taxation, the Foreign Owner must provide
the applicable Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold
U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or
a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the Note
Owner is a Foreign Owner and providing the Foreign Owner's name and address. If
a Note is held through a securities clearing organization or other financial
institution, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement
must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the Foreign
Owner and the Foreign Owner must notify the financial institution acting on its
behalf of any changes to the information on the Form W-8 (or substitute form)
within 30 days of any that change. If interest paid to a Foreign Owner is not
considered portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal
income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated
pursuant to an applicable tax treaty. In order to claim the benefit of any
applicable tax treaty, the Foreign Owner must provide the applicable Trustee or
other person who is required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with
an appropriate statement (on Form 1001 or a similar form), signed under
penalties of perjury, certifying that the Foreign Owner is entitled to benefits
under the treaty.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a Foreign Owner will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (1) that gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the Foreign Owner and (2) in the case of an individual Foreign Owner,
the Foreign Owner is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
during the taxable year of disposition.
As used in this Prospectus, a "U.S. Person" means:
1. a citizen or resident of the United States;
2. a corporation or a partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof;
3. an estate, the income of which from sources outside the United States is
includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes regardless of
its connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States; or
4. a trust if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United
States fiduciaries have authority to control all
60
<PAGE> 109
substantial decisions of the trust or (b) such trust has elected to be
treated as a domestic trust pursuant to the Code.
Backup Withholding. Each Note Owner (other than an exempt Note Owner such
as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under
penalties of perjury, a certificate (on Form W-9) providing the Note Owner's
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement
that the Note Owner is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt
Note Owner fail to provide the required certification, the Trust will be
required to withhold 31 percent of the amount otherwise payable to the Note
Owner, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the Note
Owner's federal income tax liability.
New Withholding Regulations. Recently, the Treasury Department issued new
regulations (the "New Regulations") which make certain modifications to the
withholding, backup withholding and information reporting rules described above.
The New Regulations attempt to unify certification requirements and modify
reliance standards. The New Regulations will generally be effective for payments
made after December 31, 2000, subject to certain transition rules. It is
suggested that prospective investors consult their own tax advisors regarding
the New Regulations.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the Notes did
not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be treated
as equity interests in the Trust. If so treated, the Trust might be taxable as a
corporation with the adverse consequences described above (and the taxable
corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions for
interest expense on Notes recharacterized as equity). Alternatively, and most
likely in the view of Tax Counsel, the Trust might be treated as a publicly
traded partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation because it would
meet specified qualifying income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as
equity interests in a publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax
consequences to some holders. For example, income to some tax-exempt entities
(including pension funds) may be "unrelated business taxable income," income to
Foreign Owners may be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and
withholding requirements, and individual Note Owners might be subject to some
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of trust expenses.
Tax Consequences to Owners of the Certificates
Treatment of the Trust as a Partnership. The Seller, the Servicer will
agree, and the owners of the Certificates (the "Certificate Owners") will agree
by their purchase of Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for
purposes of federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax
measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being
the assets held by the Trust, the partners of the partnership being the
Certificate Owners (including the Seller in its capacity as recipient of
payments from the Reserve Account), and the Notes being debt of the partnership.
However, the proper characterization of the arrangement involving the Trust, the
Certificates, the Notes, the Seller and the Servicer is not clear because there
is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated in this
Prospectus.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have features characteristic of debt, the Certificates
might be considered debt of the Seller or the Trust. Any characterization of
this type generally would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
Certificate Owners as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership.
Indexed Securities, etc. The following discussion assumes that all payments
on the Certificates are denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the Certificates
are Indexed Securities or Strip Certificates, and that a series of Securities
includes a single class of Certificates. If these conditions are not satisfied
with respect
61
<PAGE> 110
to any given series of Certificates, additional tax considerations with respect
to those Certificates will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificate Owner will be required to
separately take into account that holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust. The Trust's income will consist
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Receivables (including
appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain
upon collection or disposition of Receivables. The Trust's deductions will
consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the Notes, servicing and
other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of
Receivables.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the
Trust Agreement and related documents). In the Trust Agreement, the Certificate
Owners will agree that the yield on a Certificate is intended to qualify as a
"guaranteed payment" and not as a distributive share of partnership income. A
guaranteed payment would be treated by a Certificate Owner as ordinary income,
but may well not be treated as interest income. The Trust Agreement will provide
that, to the extent that the treatment of the yield on a Certificate as a
guaranteed payment is not respected, the Certificate Owners of each class of
Certificates will be allocated taxable income of the Trust for each month equal
to the sum of:
1. the interest that accrues on the Certificates in accordance with their
terms for that month, including interest accruing at the Pass Through
Rate for that month and interest on amounts previously due on the
Certificates but not yet paid;
2. any Trust income attributable to discount on the Receivables that
corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the Certificates
over their initial issue price;
3. prepayment premium payable to the Certificate Owners for that month; and
4. any other amounts of income payable to the Certificate Owners for that
month.
That allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust of premium
on Receivables that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Certificates
over their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the Trust will be
allocated to the Seller. Except as provided below, losses and deductions
generally will be allocated to the Certificate Owners only to the extent the
Certificate Owners are reasonably expected to bear the economic burden of those
losses or deductions. Any losses allocated to Certificate Owners could be
characterized as capital losses, and the Certificate Owners generally would only
be able to deduct those losses against capital gain income, and deductions would
be subject to the limitations set forth below. Accordingly, a Certificate
Owner's taxable income from the Trust could exceed the cash it is entitled to
receive from the Trust.
Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, this approach for
allocating Trust income and loss should be permissible under applicable Treasury
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificate Owners. Moreover, even
under the foregoing method of allocation, Certificate Owners may be allocated
income equal to the entire Pass Through Rate plus the other items described
above even though the Trust might not have sufficient cash to make current cash
payments of that amount. Thus, cash basis Certificate Owners will in effect be
required to report income from the Certificates on the accrual basis and
Certificate Owners may become liable for taxes on Trust income even if they have
not received cash from the Trust to pay those taxes. In addition, because tax
allocations and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for all
Certificate Owners but Certificate Owners may be purchasing Certificates at
different times and at different prices, Certificate Owners may be required to
report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or less than the
amount reported to them by the Trust.
For each taxable year of the Certificate Owner, the Certificate Owner will
be required to report items of income, loss and deduction allocated to them by
the Trust for the Trust's taxable year that ends on or
62
<PAGE> 111
before the last day of that taxable year of the Certificate Owner. The Code
prescribes rules for determining the taxable year of the Trust. It is likely
that, under these rules, the taxable year of the Trust will be the calendar
year. However, in the event that all of the Certificate Owners possessing a 5
percent or greater interest in the equity or profits of the Trust share a
taxable year that is other than the calendar year, the Trust could be required
to use that year as its taxable year.
A significant portion of the taxable income allocated to a Certificate
Owner that is a pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other
tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) generally will
constitute "unrelated business taxable income" taxable to that Certificate Owner
under the Code.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. Those deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or
in part and might result in that Certificate Owner being taxed on an amount of
income that exceeds the amount of cash actually paid to that Certificate Owner
over the life of the Trust.
The Trust intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to Certificate Owners on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that those calculations be made separately for each Receivable, the
Trust might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificate Owners.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Receivables were not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the Receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Receivables at the time of purchase. If
so, the Receivables will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the
case may be. (As indicated above, the Trust will make this calculation on an
aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a
Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)
If the Trust acquires the Receivables at a market discount or premium, the
Trust will elect to include that discount in income currently as it accrues over
the life of the Receivables or to offset any that premium against interest
income on the Receivables. As indicated above, a portion of the market discount
income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificate Owners.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a
12-month period. If that termination occurs, the Trust will be considered to
transfer all of it assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for
an interest in the new partnership, after which the Trust would be deemed to
distribute interests in the new partnership to Certificate Owners (including the
purchasing partner who caused the termination) in liquidation of the terminated
partnership. The Trust will not comply with technical requirements that might
apply when a constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust may be
subject to tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is required to
comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the Trust might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A Certificate Owner's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal the
Certificate Owner's cost increased by the Certificate Owner's share of Trust
income (includible in income) and decreased by any payments received with
respect to that Certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates
and the amount realized on a sale of a Certificate would include the Certificate
Owner's share of the Notes and other liabilities of the Trust. A Certificate
Owner acquiring Certificates at different prices may be required to maintain a
single aggregate adjusted tax basis in those Certificates, and, upon sale or
other disposition of some of the Certificates, allocate a portion of that
aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate
tax basis in each Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale
of that Certificate).
63
<PAGE> 112
Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to those special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those
special reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include market discount
in income as it accrues.
If a Certificate Owner is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash payments with respect thereto, the excess will generally give rise to a
capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust's
taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a
particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificate Owners in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of that month. As a result, a Certificate Owner purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the Certificate Owner actually owned
the Certificates.
The use of a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificate Owners. The Seller is
authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation between transferors and
transferees to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificate Owner sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificate Owner will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificate Owner
had. The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under Section
754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make that election. As a
result, Certificate Owners might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of
Trust income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase price for
Certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust. These books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Trustee
will file a partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each
taxable year of the Trust and will report each Certificate Owner's allocable
share of items of Trust income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule
K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail
to provide the Trust with the information statement described below and those
nominees will be required to forward that information to the beneficial owners
of the Certificates. Generally, Certificate Owners must file tax returns that
are consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to
penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all those inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing specified information on the nominee, the Certificate
Owners and the Certificates so held. The information includes (1) the name,
address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (2) as to each
Certificate Owner (x) the name, address and identification number of that
person, (y) whether that person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity
or a foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly-owned
agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (z) specified
information on Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of that
person throughout the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that
hold Certificates through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the
Trust information as to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A
clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required
to furnish any information statement of this type to the Trust. The
64
<PAGE> 113
information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the
Trust on or before the following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial
institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the information described above
may be subject to penalties.
The Seller will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related
Trust Agreement, and as such is designated to receive notice on behalf of, and
to provide notice to those Certificate Owners not receiving notice from, the
IRS, and to represent the Certificate Owners in any dispute with the IRS. The
Code provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if the
partnership were a separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of
limitations for partnership items does not expire before three years after the
date on which the partnership information return is filed. Any adverse
determination following an audit of the return of the Trust by the appropriate
taxing authorities could result in an adjustment of the returns of the
Certificate Owners, and, under some circumstances, a Certificate Owner may be
precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the
Trust. As the tax matters partner, the Seller may enter into a binding
settlement on behalf of all Certificate Owners with a less than 1 percent
interest in the Trust (except for any group of those Certificate Owners with an
aggregate interest of 5 percent or more in Trust profits that elects to form a
notice group or Certificate Owners who otherwise notify the IRS that the Seller
is not authorized to settle on their behalf). In the absence of a proceeding at
the Trust level, a Certificate Owner under some circumstances may pursue a claim
for credit or refund on his own behalf by filing a request for administrative
adjustment of a Trust item. It is suggested that each Certificate Owner consult
its own tax advisor with respect to the impact of these procedures on its
particular case. An adjustment could also result in an audit of a Certificate
Owner's returns and adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of
the Trust.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificate Owners. It is not clear whether the
Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to a Certificate
Owner who is not a U.S. Person (a "Foreign Certificate Owner") because there is
no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts substantially similar to
those described in this Prospectus. Although it is not expected that the Trust
would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for those purposes,
the Trust will withhold as if it were so engaged in order to protect the Trust
from possible adverse consequences of a failure to withhold. The Trust expects
to withhold on the portion of its taxable income that is allocable to Foreign
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as if that income were
effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 35% for Foreign
Certificate Owners that are taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all other
Foreign Certificate Owners. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the
issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require the Trust to change
its withholding procedures. In determining a holder's withholding status, the
Trust may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's certification of
nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.
Each Foreign Certificate Owner might be required to file a U.S. individual
or corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the
branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income. Each Foreign Certificate
Owner must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that
number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the
taxes withheld. A Foreign Certificate Owner generally would be entitled to file
with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust,
taking the position that no taxes were due because the Trust was not engaged in
a U.S. trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a
Foreign Certificate Owner generally will be considered guaranteed payments to
the extent those payments are determined without regard to the income of the
Trust. If these interest payments are properly characterized as guaranteed
payments, then the interest will not be considered "portfolio interest," in
which case Certificate Owners would be subject to United States federal income
tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated
pursuant to an applicable treaty. In that case, a Foreign Certificate Owner
would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess
of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.
65
<PAGE> 114
Backup Withholding. Payments made on the Certificates and proceeds from the
sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax of 31%
if, in general, the Certificate Owner fails to comply with specified
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code. See "-- Tax Consequences to Owners of the
Notes -- Backup Withholding."
TAX TREATMENT OF GRANTOR TRUSTS
Tax Characterization of the Trust as a Grantor Trust. The following general
discussion of the anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Certificates of a Trust nominally referred to
as a "grantor trust" in the applicable prospectus supplement (a "Grantor
Trust"), to the extent it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions with
respect thereto, represents the opinion of Tax Counsel to each Grantor Trust
with respect to the related series on the material matters associated with those
consequences, subject to the qualifications set forth in this Prospectus. In
addition, Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements in this Prospectus
under the heading "Material Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Treatment of Grantor
Trusts," and is of the opinion that those statements are correct in all material
respects. Those statements are intended as an explanatory discussion of the
possible effects of the classification of any Trust as a grantor trust for
federal income tax purposes on investors generally and of related tax matters
affecting investors generally, but do not purport to furnish information in the
level of detail or with the attention to an investor's specific tax
circumstances that would be provided by an investor's own tax advisor.
Accordingly, it is suggested that each investor consult its own tax advisors
with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in Certificates.
If a partnership election is not made, Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion
that the Trust will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation
and that that Trust will be classified as a grantor trust under subpart E, Part
I of subchapter J of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code and the applicable
provisions of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. In this case, owners of
Certificates (referred to as "Grantor Trust Certificateholders") could be
considered to own either (1) an undivided interest in a single debt obligation
held by the Trust and having a principal amount equal to the total stated
principal amount of the Receivables and an interest rate equal to the relevant
Pass Through Rate or (2) an interest in each of the Receivables and any other
Trust property. The Certificates issued by a Trust that is treated as a grantor
trust are referred to as "Grantor Trust Certificates."
The determination of whether the economic substance of a property transfer
is a sale or a loan secured by the transferred property has been made by the IRS
and the courts on the basis of numerous factors designed to determine whether
the transferor has relinquished (and the transferee has obtained) substantial
incidents of ownership in the property. Among those factors, the primary factors
examined are whether the transferee has the opportunity to gain if the property
increases in value, and has the risk of loss if the property decreases in value.
The relevant pooling and servicing agreement will express the intent of the
Seller to sell, and the Grantor Trust Certificateholders to purchase, the
Receivables, and the Seller and each Grantor Trust Certificateholder, by
accepting a beneficial interest in a Certificate, will agree to treat the
Certificates as ownership interests in the Receivables and any other Trust
property.
Treatment as Debt Obligation. If a Grantor Trust Certificateholder was
considered to own an undivided interest in a single debt obligation, the
principles described under "-- Tax Treatment of Owner Trusts -- Tax Consequences
to Owners of the Notes" would apply. Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder,
rather than reporting its share of the interest accrued on each Receivable,
would, in general, be required to include in income interest accrued or received
on the principal amount of the Certificates at the relevant Pass Through Rate in
accordance with its usual method of accounting.
The Certificates would be subject to the original issue discount ("OID")
rules, described below under "-- Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons" and
"-- Original Issue Discount." In determining whether any
66
<PAGE> 115
OID on the Certificates is de minimis, the Seller expects to use a reasonable
Prepayment Assumption to determine the weighted average life of the
Certificates. OID includible in income for any accrual period (generally, the
period between payment dates) would generally be calculated using a Prepayment
Assumption and an anticipated yield established as of the date of initial sale
of the Certificates, and would increase or decrease to reflect prepayments at a
faster or slower rate than anticipated. The Certificates would also be subject
to the market discount provisions of the Code to the extent that a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder purchased those Certificates at a discount from the initial
issue price (as adjusted to reflect prior accruals of OID).
The remainder of the discussion in this Prospectus assumes that a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder will be treated as owning an interest in each Receivable
(and the proceeds therefrom), any right to receive Yield Supplement Deposits and
any other Trust property, although for administrative convenience, the Servicer
will report information on an aggregate basis (as though all of the Receivables
and the Yield Supplement Agreement were a simple obligation). The amount and, in
some instances, character, of the income reported to a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder may differ under this method for a particular period from that
which would be reported if income were reported on a precise asset-by-asset
basis.
Characterization. Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be treated as
the owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the interest and principal
portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates and will be
considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in each of the
Receivables in the Trust, any right to receive Yield Supplement Deposits, and
any other Trust property. Any amounts received by a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder in lieu of amounts due with respect to any Receivable because
of a default or delinquency in payment will be treated for federal income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.
For federal income tax purposes, the Seller will be treated as having
retained a fixed portion of the interest due on each Receivable having an annual
percentage rate in excess of the sum of the applicable Pass Through Rate and the
Servicing Rate (each, a "High Yield Receivable") equal to the difference between
(1) the annual percentage rate of the Receivable and (2) the sum of the
applicable Pass Through Rate and the Servicing Rate (the "Retained Yield"). The
Retained Yield will be treated as "stripped coupons" within the meaning of
Section 1286 of the Code, and the Stripped Receivables will be treated as
"stripped bonds." See "-- Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons." Accordingly,
each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be treated as owning its pro rata
percentage interest in (1) payments received under any Yield Supplement
Agreement, and (2) the principal of, and interest payable on, each Receivable
(minus the Retained Yield on the High Yield Receivables).
Those Receivables that bear interest at a rate which is less than or equal
to the sum of the applicable Pass Through Rate and the Servicing Rate (the "Low
Yield Receivables") will not be treated as stripped bonds. Instead, Yield
Supplement Deposits will be payable to eliminate the difference between the
actual yield on each Low Yield Receivable and the yield such Receivable would
have had if its interest rate had equaled the sum of the applicable Pass Through
Rate and the Servicing Rate. See "-- Yield Supplement Deposits."
Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be required to report on its
federal income tax return in accordance with that Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the Receivables in the Trust represented by Grantor Trust Certificates,
including interest, OID, if any, prepayment fees, assumption fees, any gain
recognized upon an assumption, late payment charges received by the Servicer and
any gain reorganized upon collection or disposition of the Receivables (but not
including any portion of the Retained Yield). A Grantor Trust Certificateholder
will also be required to report under its usual method of accounting any
payments received under any Yield Supplement Agreement to the extent that these
payments are treated as income. Under Sections 162 or 212, each Grantor Trust
Certificateholder will be entitled to deduct its pro rata share of Base
Servicing Fees, prepayment fees, assumption fees, any loss recognized upon an
assumption and late payment charges retained by the Servicer, provided that
those amounts are reasonable compensation for services rendered to
67
<PAGE> 116
the Trust. Grantor Trust Certificateholders that are individuals, estates or
trusts will be entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent
those expenses plus all other Section 212 expenses exceed two percent of its
adjusted gross income. In addition, Grantor Trust Certificateholders who are
individuals may be subject to additional deduction limitations based on adjusted
gross income.
A Grantor Trust Certificateholder using the cash method of accounting must
take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as and when
collected by or paid to the Servicer. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder using an
accrual method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income
and deductions as they become due or are paid to the Servicer, whichever is
earlier. Because (1) interest accrues on the Receivables over differing monthly
periods and is paid in arrears and (2) interest collected on a Receivable
generally is paid to Certificateholders in the following month, the amount of
interest accruing to a Grantor Trust Certificateholder during any calendar month
will not equal the interest distributed in that month. The actual amount of
discount on a Receivable will be includible in income as principal payments are
received on the Receivables. If the Base Servicing Fees paid to the Servicer are
deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount of that excess
could be considered as an ownership interest retained by the Servicer (or any
person to whom the Servicer assigned for value all or a portion of the Base
Servicing Fees) in a portion of the interest payments on the Receivables. The
Receivables would then be subject to the "stripped bond" and "stripped coupons"
rules of the Code discussed below.
Discount and Premium. In determining whether a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder has purchased its interest in the Receivables (or any
Receivable) held by the related Trust at a discount or premium and whether such
Receivables (or any Receivable) have OID, market discount, or amortizable
premium, a portion of the purchase price of a Certificate should be allocated to
the Grantor Trust Certificateholder's undivided interest in accrued but unpaid
interest, amounts collected at the time of purchase but not distributed, and
rights to receive Yield Supplement Deposits. As a result, the portion of the
purchase price allocable to a Grantor Trust Certificateholder's undivided
interest in the Receivables (or any Receivable) will be increased or decreased,
as applicable, and the potential OID, market discount, or amortizable premium on
the Receivables (or any Receivable) could be increased or decreased accordingly.
Premium. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires an interest in
Receivables at a premium over the "stated redemption price at maturity" of the
Receivables may elect to amortize that premium under a constant interest method.
Amortizable bond premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on that
Grantor Trust Certificate. The basis for that Grantor Trust Certificate will be
reduced to the extent that amortizable premium is applied to offset interest
payments. It is not clear whether a reasonable prepayment assumption should be
used in computing amortization of premium allowable under Section 171. With some
exceptions, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that makes this election for a
Grantor Trust Certificate that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have
made an election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments
having amortizable bond premium that that Grantor Trust Certificateholder holds
during the year of the election or thereafter. Absent on election to amortize
bond premium, the premium will be deductible as an ordinary loss upon
disposition of the Certificate or pro rata as principal is paid on the
Receivables.
If a premium is not subject to amortization using a reasonable prepayment
assumption, the holder of a Grantor Trust Certificate acquired at a premium
should recognize a loss if a Receivable prepays in full, equal to the difference
between the portion of the prepaid principal amount of that Receivable that is
allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate and the portion of the adjusted basis
of the Grantor Trust Certificate that is allocable to that Receivable. If a
reasonable prepayment assumption is used to amortize that premium, it appears
that that loss would be available, if at all, only if prepayments have occurred
at a rate faster than the reasonable assumed prepayment rate. It is not clear
whether any other adjustments would be required to reflect differences between
an assumed prepayment rate and the actual rate of prepayments.
68
<PAGE> 117
Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons. Although the tax treatment of stripped
bonds is not entirely clear, based on recent guidance from the IRS, each
purchaser of a Grantor Trust Certificate will be treated as the purchaser of a
stripped bond (to the extent that the Receivables consist of High Yield
Receivables) which generally should be treated as a single debt instrument
issued on the day it is purchased for purposes of calculating any original issue
discount. Generally, under applicable Treasury regulations (the "Section 1286
Treasury Regulations"), if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de
minimis amount (as calculated for purposes of the OID rules of the Code), that
stripped bond will be considered to have been issued with OID. See "-- Original
Issue Discount." Based on the preamble to the Section 1286 Treasury Regulations,
Tax Counsel is of the opinion that, although the matter is not entirely clear,
the interest income on the Certificates at the sum of the Pass Through Rate and
the portion of the Servicing Rate that does not constitute excess servicing will
be treated as "qualified stated interest" within the meaning of the Section 1286
Treasury Regulations, and that income will be so treated in the Trustee's tax
information reporting. In this case, the amount of OID on a High Yield
Receivable will equal the amount by which the purchase price of a High Yield
Receivable is less than the portion of the remaining principal balance of the
Receivable allocable to the interest acquired.
Original Issue Discount. The IRS has stated in published rulings that, in
circumstances similar to those described in this Prospectus, the special rules
of the Code relating to OID will be applicable to a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's interest in those Receivables meeting the conditions
necessary for these rules to apply. Generally, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
that acquires an undivided interest in a Receivable issued or acquired with OID
must include in gross income the sum of the "daily portions," as defined below,
of the OID on that Receivable for each day on which it owns a Certificate,
including the date of purchase but excluding the date of disposition. In the
case of an original Grantor Trust Certificateholder, the daily portions of OID
with respect to a Receivable generally would be determined as follows. A
calculation will be made of the portion of OID that accrues on the Receivable
during each successive monthly accrual period (or shorter period in respect of
the date of original issue or the final Distribution Date). This will be done,
in the case of each full monthly accrual period, by adding (1) the present value
of all remaining payments to be received on the Receivable under the Prepayment
Assumption used in respect of the Receivables and (2) any payments received
during that accrual period, and subtracting from that total the "adjusted issue
price" of the Receivable at the beginning of that accrual period. No
representation is made that the Receivables will prepay at any prepayment
assumption. The "adjusted issue price" of a Receivable at the beginning of the
first accrual period is the amount of the purchase price paid by the Grantor
Trust Certificateholder for the Certificate that is allocable to the Receivable,
and the "adjusted issue price" of a Receivable at the beginning of a subsequent
accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at the beginning of the immediately
preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID allocable to that accrual period
and reduced by the amount of any payment on the Receivable (other than
"qualified stated interest") made at the end of or during that accrual period.
The OID accruing during that accrual period will then be divided by the number
of days in the period to determine the daily portion of OID for each day in the
period. With respect to an initial accrual period shorter than a full monthly
accrual period, the daily portions of OID must be determined according to a
reasonable method, provided that that method is consistent with the method used
to determine the yield to maturity of the Receivables.
If the amount of OID is de minimis under the rule set forth above, a High
Yield Receivable would not be treated as having OID. The actual amount of
discount on a High Yield Receivable would be includible in income as principal
payments are received on the Receivable, in the proportion that each principal
payment bears to the total principal amount of the Receivable.
With respect to the Receivables, the method of calculating OID as described
above will cause the accrual of OID to either increase or decrease (but never
below zero) in any given accrual period to reflect the fact that prepayments are
occurring at a faster or slower rate than the prepayment assumption used in
respect of the Receivables. Subsequent purchasers that purchase Receivables at
more than a de minimis discount should consult their tax advisors with respect
to the proper method to accrue that OID.
69
<PAGE> 118
Yield Supplement Deposits. The proper Federal income tax characterization
of the Yield Supplement Deposits is not clear. Moreover, the sum of the income
and deductions properly reportable by a Grantor Trust Certificateholder in any
taxable year may not equal the amounts that would be reportable if a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder held instead of an interest in the Receivables and in
the Yield Supplement Agreement either (1) a debt instrument bearing interest at
the applicable Pass Through Rate or (2) an interest in a trust holding
Receivables each of which bears interest at a rate at least equal to the sum of
the Pass Through Rate plus the Servicing Rate. It is likely that the right to
receive Yield Supplement Deposits will be treated as a separate asset purchased
by each Grantor Trust Certificateholder, in which case a portion of each Grantor
Trust Certificateholder's purchase price or other tax basis in the Certificate
equal to the fair market value of the right to receive such Yield Supplement
Deposits should be allocated to the right to receive payments of Yield
Supplement Deposits. The right to receive Yield Supplement Deposits may be
treated as a loan made by a Grantor Trust Certificateholder to the Seller in an
amount equal to the present value, discounted at a rate equal to the sum of the
applicable Pass Through Rate and the Servicing Rate, of the projected Yield
Supplement Deposits. In that event, a portion of the Yield Supplement Deposits
generally representing a yield equal to the applicable Pass Through Rate plus
the Servicing Rate on such discounted value should be treated as interest
includible in income as accrued or received, and the remainder should be treated
as a return of the principal amount of the deemed loan. Alternatively, it is
possible that the entire amount of each Yield Supplement Deposit should be
included in income as accrued or received, in which event a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder should also be entitled to amortize the portion of its
purchase price allocable to its right to receive Yield Supplement Deposits. The
method of calculating such amortization is unclear, and could result in the
inclusion of greater amounts of income than a Grantor Trust Certificateholder's
actual yield on a Receivable. Alternatively, it is possible that the Yield
Supplement Deposits could be treated as payments adjusting the purchase price of
the Low Yield Receivables, rather than as a separate asset. In that event, a
Grantor Trust Certificateholder could be treated as having purchased each Low
Yield Receivable at a discount (which may consist of imputed interest, market
discount, or both) that, combined with the actual coupon rate of such
Receivable, produces a yield equal to the sum of the applicable Pass Through
Rate and the Servicing Rate. It is not clear whether, and to what extent, the
amounts includible in income or amortizable under any of these methods would be
adjusted to take account of prepayments on the Receivables. Moreover, it is
possible that the IRS might contend that none of the above methods is
appropriate, and that income with respect to the Yield Supplement Agreement
should be reported by a Grantor Trust Certificateholder in some other manner. In
addition, to the extent that the amounts payable pursuant to Yield Supplement
Agreement decline during any period by reason of prepayments on the Receivables,
it is possible that a portion of the amount amortizable by the Grantor Trust
Certificateholder during such period would be treated as a capital loss (which
would not offset ordinary income), rather than as an ordinary deduction. It is
suggested that Grantor Trust Certificateholder consult their tax advisors
regarding the appropriate method of accounting for income attributable to the
Yield Supplement Agreement.
Market Discount. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules of
Sections 1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided interest in a Receivable
is considered to have been purchased at a "market discount." Generally, the
amount of market discount is equal to the excess of the portion of the principal
amount of that Receivable allocable to that holder's undivided interest in the
Receivable over that holder's tax basis in that interest. Market discount with
respect to a Receivable will be considered to be zero if the amount allocable to
the Receivable is less than 0.25% of the Receivable's stated redemption price at
maturity multiplied by the weighted average maturity remaining after the date of
purchase. Treasury regulations implementing the market discount rules have not
yet been issued; therefore, it is suggested that investors consult their own tax
advisors regarding the application of these rules and the advisability of making
any of the elections allowed under Code Sections 1276 through 1278.
The Code provides that any principal payment (whether a scheduled payment
or a prepayment) or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond shall be
treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the accrued
market discount at the time of that payment. The amount of accrued market
70
<PAGE> 119
discount for purposes of determining the tax treatment of subsequent principal
payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced by the
amount so treated as ordinary income.
The Code also grants the Treasury Department authority to issue regulations
providing for the computation of accrued market discount on debt instruments,
the principal of which is payable in more than one installment. While the
Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in the
relevant legislative history will apply. Under those rules, the holder of a
market discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of
a constant interest rate or according to one of the following methods. If a
Grantor Trust Certificate is issued with respect to which there is OID, the
amount of market discount that accrues during any accrual period would be equal
to the product of (1) the total remaining market discount and (2) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the OID accruing during the period and the denominator
of which is the total remaining OID at the beginning of the accrual period. If a
Grantor Trust Certificate is issued with respect to which there is no OID, the
amount of market discount that accrues during a period is equal to the product
of (1) the total remaining market discount and (2) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the amount of stated interest paid during the accrual period and the
denominator of which is the total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid
at the beginning of the accrual period. For purposes of calculating market
discount under any of the above methods in the case of instruments (such as the
Grantor Trust Certificates) that provide for payments that may be accelerated by
reason of prepayments of other obligations securing those instruments, the same
prepayment assumption applicable to calculating the accrual of OID will apply.
Because the regulations described above have not been issued, it is impossible
to predict what effect those regulations might have on the tax treatment of a
Grantor Trust Certificate purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary
market.
A holder who acquired a Grantor Trust Certificate at a market discount also
may be required to defer a portion of its interest deductions for the taxable
year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry
that Grantor Trust Certificate purchased with market discount. For these
purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any deferred interest
expense would not exceed the market discount that accrues during that taxable
year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later than the year in which
the market discount is includible in income. If that holder elects to include
market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount
instruments acquired by such holder in that taxable year or thereafter, the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.
Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID regulations permit a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount (including de
minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in income as interest,
based on a constant yield method. If that election were to be made with respect
to a Grantor Trust Certificate with market discount, the Grantor Trust
Certificateholder would be deemed to have made an election to include in income
currently market discount with respect to all other debt instruments having
market discount that that Grantor Trust Certificateholder acquires during the
year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
that makes this election for a Grantor Trust Certificate that is acquired at a
premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with
respect to all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that that
Grantor Trust Certificateholder owns or acquires. See "-- Premium" in this
Prospectus. The election to accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant
yield method with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate is irrevocable except
with the approval of the IRS.
Sale or Exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate. Sale or exchange of a
Grantor Trust Certificate prior to its maturity will result in gain or loss
equal to the difference, if any, between the amount received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the Grantor Trust Certificate. The adjusted basis generally
will equal the seller's purchase price for the Grantor Trust Certificate,
increased by any market discount, OID and gain previously included in the
seller's gross income with respect to the Grantor Trust Certificate, and reduced
by the amount of any premium, if any, previously amortized and by the amount of
any payments of principal and OID on the Grantor Trust Certificate previously
received by the seller. That gain or loss will be capital gain or loss to an
owner for which a Grantor Trust Certificate is a "capital asset" within the
71
<PAGE> 120
meaning of Section 1221, and will be long-term or short-term depending on
whether the Grantor Trust Certificate has been owned for the long-term capital
gain holding period (currently more than one year).
A Grantor Trust Certificate will be an "evidence of indebtedness" within
the meaning of Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from the sale
of a Grantor Trust Certificate by a bank or a thrift institution to which that
section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.
Foreign Persons. Generally, interest or OID paid by the person required to
withhold tax under Section 1441 or 1442 to (1) a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
that is not a U.S. Person (as defined under "-- Tax Treatment of Owner
Trusts -- Tax Consequences to Owners of the Notes-Foreign Owners") (a "Foreign
Grantor Trust Certificateholder") or (2) a person holding on behalf of a Foreign
Grantor Trust Certificateholder, as well as accrued OID recognized by the
Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder on the sale or exchange of that Grantor
Trust Certificate, will not be subject to withholding to the extent that a
Grantor Trust Certificate evidences ownership in Receivables issued after July
18, 1984 by natural persons if that Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder
complies with specified identification requirements (including delivery of a
statement, signed by the Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder under penalties
of perjury, certifying that that Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder is not
a U.S. Person and providing the name and address of that Foreign Grantor Trust
Certificateholder). Additional restrictions apply to Receivables where the
obligor is not a natural person in order to qualify for the exemption from
withholding.
Although it is not entirely clear, it is likely that amounts received by a
Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder that are attributable to payments of
Yield Supplement Deposits received pursuant to any Yield Supplement Agreement
generally would not be subject to withholding tax. Although the Trust does not
intend to withhold on such amounts, no assurance can be given that the IRS will
not require the Trust to withhold on such amounts. It is suggested that Foreign
Grantor Trust Certificateholders consult their tax advisors regarding the
withholding tax consequences of amounts received on the Grantor Trust
Certificates that are attributable to payments of Yield Supplement Deposits
received pursuant to any Yield Supplement Agreement.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Servicer will furnish or
make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, to
each person who was a Grantor Trust Certificateholder at any time during that
year, that information as may be deemed necessary or desirable to assist Grantor
Trust Certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax returns, or to
enable holders to make that information available to beneficial owners or
financial intermediaries that hold Grantor Trust Certificates as nominees on
behalf of beneficial owners. If a holder, beneficial owner, financial
intermediary or other recipient of a payment on behalf of a beneficial owner
fails to supply a certified taxpayer identification number or if the Secretary
of the Treasury determines that that person has not reported all interest and
dividend income required to be shown on its federal income tax return, 31%
backup withholding may be required with respect to any payments. Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a payment to a recipient would be allowed as a credit
against that recipient's federal income tax liability.
MATERIAL STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES WITH RESPECT TO OWNER TRUSTS
The activities to be undertaken by the Servicer in servicing and collecting
the Receivables will take place in California. The State of California imposes a
state individual income tax and a corporate franchise tax on corporations,
partnerships and other entities doing business in the State of California. This
discussion relates only to Trusts for which a partnership election is made, and
is based upon present provisions of California statutes and the regulations
promulgated under those statutes, and applicable judicial or ruling authority,
all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
Because of the variation in each state's tax laws based in whole or in part
upon income, it is impossible to predict tax consequences to holders of Notes
and Certificates in all of the state taxing jurisdictions in which they are
already subject to tax. It is suggested that Note Owners and Certificate
72
<PAGE> 121
Owners consult their own tax advisors with respect to state tax consequences
arising out of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes and
Certificates.
For purposes of the following summary, references to the Trust, the Notes,
the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents shall be deemed to
refer to each Owner Trust and the Notes, Certificates and related terms, parties
and documents applicable to that Trust.
Tax Consequences With Respect to the Notes. It is expected that Tax Counsel
will advise each Owner Trust that issues Notes that, assuming the Notes will be
treated as debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes will be treated as
debt for California income and franchise tax purposes. Accordingly, Note Owners
not otherwise subject to taxation in California would not become subject to
taxation in California solely because of a holder's ownership of Notes. However,
a Note Owner already subject to California's income tax or franchise tax could
be required to pay additional California tax as a result of the Note Owner's
ownership or disposition of Notes.
Tax Consequences With Respect to the Certificates Issued by an Owner
Trust. Based on regulations issued by the Franchise Tax Board with respect to
the California tax characterization of an owner trust as a partnership and not
as an association taxable as a corporation or other taxable entity, Tax Counsel
will opine that an Owner Trust for which no election to be treated as a
corporation is made will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership)
treated as a corporation for California tax purposes. In that case, the
resulting constructive partnership should not be treated as doing business in
California but rather should be viewed as a passive holder of investments and,
as a result, should not be subject to the California franchise tax (which, if
applicable, could possibly result in reduced payments to Certificate Owners).
Under current law, Certificate Owners that are nonresidents of California
and are not otherwise subject to California income tax may be subject to
California income tax on the income from the constructive partnership. In any
event, classification of the arrangement as a "partnership" would not cause a
Certificate Owner not otherwise subject to taxation in California to pay
California tax on income beyond that derived from the Certificates.
It is not clear whether the Trust would be considered to be engaged in a
trade or business in the United States for purposes of California withholding
taxes with respect to Foreign Owners because there is no clear authority dealing
with that issue under facts substantially similar to those described in this
Prospectus. Although it is not expected that the Trust would be engaged in a
trade or business in the United States for those purposes, the Trust will
withhold on amounts paid to Certificate Owners who are Foreign Owners as if it
were so engaged in order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences
of a failure to withhold. The Trust expects to withhold on the portion of its
taxable income from California sources that is allocable to Certificate Owners
who are Foreign Owners pursuant to Section 18666 of California's Revenue and
Taxation Code, as if that income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or
business, at the maximum appropriate rate.
If the Certificates are instead treated as ownership interests in an
association taxable as a corporation or a "publicly traded partnership" taxable
as a corporation, then the hypothetical entity should not be subject to the
California franchise tax (which, if applicable, could result in reduced payments
to Certificate Owners). A Certificate Owner not otherwise subject to tax in
California would not become subject to California tax as a result of its mere
ownership of that interest.
MATERIAL STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES WITH RESPECT TO GRANTOR TRUSTS
It is expected that Tax Counsel will advise each Grantor Trust that the
Trust will be treated as a grantor trust for California tax purposes, and that,
for California tax purposes, Grantor Trust Certificateholders could be
considered to own either (1) an undivided interest in a single debt obligation
held by the Trust and having a principal amount equal to the total stated
principal amount of the Receivables and an interest rate equal to the related
Pass Through Rate or (2) an interest in each of the Receivables and any other
Trust assets.
73
<PAGE> 122
It is suggested that Grantor Trust Certificateholders consult their tax
advisors regarding the state tax consequences associated with the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Grantor Trust Certificates.
The federal and state tax discussions set forth above are included for
general information only and may not be applicable depending upon your
particular tax situation. It is suggested that you consult your tax advisor with
respect to the tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of Notes and Certificates, including the tax consequences under
state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in
federal or other tax laws.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual retirement
accounts and some types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging in
transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest"
under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to that
Benefit Plan. ERISA also imposes duties on persons who are fiduciaries of
Benefit Plans subject to ERISA and prohibits specified transactions between a
Benefit Plan and parties in interest with respect to those Benefit Plans. Under
ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or control with respect to the
management or disposition of the assets of a Benefit Plan is considered to be a
fiduciary of that Benefit Plan (subject to exceptions not here relevant). A
violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for those persons.
Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to
the purchase and holding of Securities by a Benefit Plan depending on the type
and circumstances of the plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire such
Securities. Potentially available exemption would include, without limitation,
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, which exempts certain
transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60,
which exempts certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts;
PTCE 91-38, which exempts certain transactions involving bank collective
investment funds; PTCE 84-14, which exempts certain transactions effected on
behalf of a plan by a "qualified professional asset manager"; and PTCE 96-23,
which exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a plan by an "in-house
asset manager." Insurance company general accounts should also discuss with
their legal counsel the availability of exemptive relief under Section 401(c) of
ERISA. A purchaser of Securities should be aware, however, that even if the
conditions specified in one or more exemptions are met, the scope of the relief
provided by the applicable exemption or exemptions might not cover all acts that
might be construed as prohibited transactions.
Some transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased Notes or Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be
assets of the Benefit Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States
Department of Labor (the "Plan Assets Regulation"), the assets of a Trust would
be treated as plan assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the
Code only if the Benefit Plan acquired an "equity interest" in the Trust and
none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation was applicable.
An equity interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which has no substantial equity features. The likely treatment in this
context of Notes and Certificates of a given series will be discussed in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and some church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA) are
not subject to ERISA requirements nor to Section 4975 of the Code. However,
governmental plans may be subject to state or local laws that impose similar
requirements. In addition, governmental plans and church plans that are
"qualified" under Section 401(a) of the Code are subject to restrictions with
respect to prohibited transactions under Section 503(a)(1)(B) of the Code, the
sanction for violation being loss of "qualified" status.
74
<PAGE> 123
Due to the complexities of the "prohibited transaction" rules and the
penalties imposed upon persons involved in prohibited transactions, it is
important that the fiduciary of any Benefit Plan considering the purchase of
Securities consult with its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the
assets of the related Trust would be considered plan assets, the possibility of
exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues and
their potential consequences.
UNDERWRITING
On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to the Notes, if any, of a given series and an underwriting agreement
with respect to the Certificates of that series (collectively, the "Underwriting
Agreements"), the Seller will agree to cause the related Trust to sell to the
underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreements and in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, and each of those underwriters will severally agree to
purchase, the principal amount of each class of Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be, of the related series set forth in the Underwriting Agreements and
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
In each of the Underwriting Agreements with respect to any given series of
Securities, the several underwriters will agree, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreements, to purchase all the Notes
and Certificates, as the case may be, described in the Underwriting Agreements
which are offered by this Prospectus and by the applicable Prospectus Supplement
if any of those Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, are purchased.
Each Prospectus Supplement will either (1) set forth the price at which
each class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, being offered by that
Prospectus Supplement will be offered to the public and any concessions that may
be offered to some dealers participating in the offering of those Notes and
Certificates or (2) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the case
may be, are to be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at
varying prices to be determined at the time of that sale. After the initial
public offering of those Notes and Certificates, those public offering prices
and those concessions may be changed.
Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that NMAC and the Seller will
indemnify the underwriters against specified civil liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the several
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from the underwriters or from the Seller. Pursuant
to each Underwriting Agreement with respect to a given series of Securities, the
closing of the sale of any class of Securities subject to that Underwriting
Agreement will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all other classes of
Securities of that series.
The place and time of delivery for the Securities in respect of which this
Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
LEGAL OPINIONS
Certain legal matters relating to the Securities of any series will be
passed upon for the related Trust, the Seller and the Servicer by Joy Crose,
Esq. and O'Melveny & Myers LLP. In addition, certain United States federal and
California state tax and other matters will be passed upon for the related Trust
by O'Melveny & Myers LLP.
75
<PAGE> 124
INDEX OF TERMS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10 percent shareholder............................ 60
30/360............................................ 25
Accounts.......................................... 38
Actual/360........................................ 25
Actual/Actual..................................... 25
adjusted issue price.............................. 69
Administration Agreement.......................... 51
Administration Fee................................ 51
Administrative Purchase Payment................... 39
Administrative Receivable......................... 39
Administrator..................................... 51
Advance........................................... 40
adversely affected................................ 49
APR............................................... 13
backup............................................ 66
banking organization.............................. 32
Base Rate......................................... 24
Base Servicing Fee................................ 41
Benefit Plan...................................... 74
Business Day...................................... 25
Calculation Agent................................. 26
Calculation Date.............................27, 28, 30
capital asset..................................... 71
CD Rate........................................... 26
CD Rate Determination Date........................ 26
CD Rate Security.................................. 24
Cede.............................................. 15
Cedelbank......................................... 31
Cedelbank Participants............................ 34
Certificate Balance............................... 17
Certificate Factor................................ 17
Certificate Owners................................ 61
Certificate Pool Factor........................... 17
Certificateholder................................. 23
Certificates...................................... 12
class............................................18, 23
clearing agency................................... 32
clearing corporation.............................. 32
Closing Date.....................................12, 36
Code.............................................. 58
Collection Account................................ 37
Collection Period................................. 40
Commercial Paper Rate............................. 27
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date.......... 27
Commercial Paper Rate Security.................... 24
commercially reasonable........................... 54
Composite Quotations.............................. 27
controlled foreign corporation.................... 60
Cooperative....................................... 34
Cutoff Date....................................... 12
daily portions.................................... 69
Dealer Agreements................................. 12
Dealer Recourse................................... 12
Dealers........................................... 12
default........................................... 55
Definitive Certificates........................... 35
Definitive Notes.................................. 35
Definitive Securities............................31, 35
demonstration..................................... 12
Depositaries...................................... 32
Designated LIBOR Page............................. 29
Determination Date................................ 44
disqualified persons.............................. 74
Distribution Date................................. 23
DTC............................................... 31
DTC Participants.................................18, 32
DTC Services...................................... 31
Eligible Investments.............................. 38
equity interest................................... 74
ERISA............................................. 74
Euroclear........................................31, 34
Euroclear Operator................................ 34
Euroclear Participants............................ 34
Events of Default................................. 20
evidence of indebtedness.......................... 72
Federal Funds Rate................................ 28
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date............. 28
Federal Funds Rate Security....................... 24
Financed Vehicles................................. 12
Fixed Rate Securities............................. 24
Floating Rate Securities.......................... 24
Foreign Certificate Owner......................... 65
Foreign Grantor Trust Certificateholder........... 72
Foreign Owner..................................... 60
FTC Rule.......................................... 56
Grantor Trust..................................... 66
Grantor Trust Certificateholders.................. 66
Grantor Trust Certificates........................ 66
guaranteed payment................................ 62
H.15(519)......................................... 27
High Yield Receivable............................. 67
Holder-in-Due-Course.............................. 56
Indenture......................................... 18
Indenture Trustee................................. 14
Index............................................. 30
Index Currencies.................................. 30
Index Currency.................................... 29
Index Maturity.................................... 27
Indexed Principal Amount.......................... 30
Indexed Securities................................ 30
Indirect DTC Participants......................... 32
Industry.......................................... 31
in-house asset manager............................ 74
Insolvency Event.................................. 47
Insolvency Laws................................... 55
Interest Period................................... 26
Interest Rate..................................... 18
Interest Reset Date............................... 25
Interest Reset Period............................. 25
IRS............................................... 58
Issuer............................................ 12
LIBOR............................................. 28
LIBOR Bloomberg..................................28, 29
LIBOR Determination Date.......................... 28
LIBOR Security.................................... 24
LIBOR Telerate...................................28, 29
Liquidated Receivable............................. 40
London Business Day............................... 25
Low Yield Receivables............................. 67
market discount................................... 70
Money Market Yield................................ 27
Near-new.......................................... 12
</TABLE>
76
<PAGE> 125
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
New............................................... 12
New Regulations................................... 61
Nissan............................................ 15
NMAC.............................................12, 15
NNA............................................... 15
Note Factor....................................... 17
Note Owners....................................... 59
Note Pool Factor.................................. 17
Noteholder........................................ 18
Notes............................................. 12
Obligors.......................................... 12
OID..............................................59, 66
OID regulations................................... 59
Omnibus Proxy..................................... 34
Original Certificate Balance...................... 17
Owner Trust....................................... 58
parties in interest............................... 74
partnership....................................... 73
Pass Through Rate................................. 23
plan assets....................................... 74
Plan Assets Regulation............................ 74
Pool Balance...................................... 41
Pooling and Servicing Agreement................... 12
portfolio interest...............................60, 65
Prepayment Assumption............................. 59
prepayments....................................... 16
Principal Balance................................. 41
Principal Financial Center........................ 29
prohibited transaction...........................74, 75
Prospectus Supplement............................. 12
PTCE.............................................. 74
publicly traded partnership....................... 73
Purchase Agreement................................ 36
qualified......................................... 74
qualified professional asset manager.............. 74
qualified stated interest......................... 69
Receivables....................................... 12
Receivables Pool.................................. 12
Registration Statement............................ 15
Related Documents................................. 22
related person.................................... 60
Relief Act........................................ 57
Required Deposit Rating........................... 38
Required Rate..................................... 42
Required Yield Supplement Amount.................. 42
Reserve Account................................... 43
Reserve Account Initial Deposit................... 43
Retained Yield.................................... 67
Sale and Servicing Agreement...................... 12
Schedule of Receivables........................... 36
SEC............................................... 15
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations................. 69
Securities........................................ 12
Securities Act.................................... 15
Securityholders................................... 15
Seller............................................ 12
Servicer.......................................... 15
Servicer Default.................................. 46
Servicing Rate.................................... 41
Short-Term Note................................... 59
Spread............................................ 24
Spread Multiplier................................. 24
stated redemption price at maturity............... 68
street name....................................... 33
Strip Certificates................................ 23
Strip Notes....................................... 18
stripped bonds.................................... 67
stripped coupons.................................. 67
Subordination Spread Account...................... 43
Supplemental Servicing Fee........................ 41
Systems........................................... 31
TARGET system..................................... 25
Tax Counsel....................................... 58
Terms and Conditions.............................. 34
Total Servicing Fee............................... 41
Transfer and Servicing Agreements................. 36
Treasury bills.................................... 29
Treasury Rate....................................29, 30
Treasury Rate Determination Date.................. 29
Treasury Rate Security............................ 24
Trust............................................. 12
Trust Agreement................................... 12
Trustee........................................... 14
U.S. Person....................................... 60
UCC............................................... 37
Underwriting Agreements........................... 75
unrelated business taxable income................61, 63
Warranty Purchase Payment......................... 37
Warranty Receivable............................... 37
weighted average life............................. 16
Year 2000 problems................................ 31
Yield Supplement Account.......................... 42
Yield Supplement Agreement........................ 42
Yield Supplement Deposit.......................... 42
</TABLE>
77
<PAGE> 126
DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION. UNTIL FEBRUARY 4, 2001, ALL DEALERS THAT
EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THE
OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE
DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Summary................................... S-5
Risk Factors.............................. S-10
The Trust................................. S-12
Capitalization of the Trust............... S-13
The Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee................................. S-13
The Receivables........................... S-13
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations.... S-18
Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net
Losses.................................. S-18
Weighted Average Life of the Notes........ S-21
Note Factors and Pool Factors............. S-25
Use of Proceeds........................... S-25
The Seller and the Servicer............... S-25
The Notes................................. S-26
Distributions on the Notes................ S-29
Subordination; Reserve Account............ S-33
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements.............................. S-34
Material Income Tax Consequences.......... S-40
ERISA Considerations...................... S-40
Underwriting.............................. S-42
Legal Opinions............................ S-43
Index of Terms............................ S-44
Annex A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
Tax Documentation Procedures............ A-1
PROSPECTUS
Summary of Terms.......................... 3
Risk Factors.............................. 8
Formation of the Trusts................... 12
Property of the Trusts.................... 12
The Receivables........................... 13
Use of Proceeds........................... 14
The Trustee............................... 14
The Seller................................ 15
The Servicer.............................. 15
Where You Can Find More Information About
Your Securities......................... 15
Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net
Losses.................................. 16
Weighted Average Life of the Securities... 16
Pool Factors and Trading Information...... 17
The Notes................................. 18
The Certificates.......................... 23
Material Information Regarding the
Securities.............................. 24
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements.............................. 36
Material Legal Aspects of the
Receivables............................. 52
Material Income Tax Consequences.......... 58
ERISA Considerations...................... 74
Underwriting.............................. 75
Legal Opinions............................ 75
Index of Terms............................ 76
</TABLE>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
$698,500,000
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES
2000-C OWNER TRUST
$162,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
$182,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
$243,000,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-3
$111,500,000 ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-4
NISSAN AUTO RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,
Seller
NISSAN MOTOR ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION,
Servicer
Underwriters
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
